Search Results

Search found 11925 results on 477 pages for 'remote editing'.

Page 473/477 | < Previous Page | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477  | Next Page >

  • Agile Development

    - by James Oloo Onyango
    Alot of literature has and is being written about agile developement and its surrounding philosophies. In my quest to find the best way to express the importance of agile methodologies, i have found Robert C. Martin's "A Satire Of Two Companies" to be both the most concise and thorough! Enjoy the read! Rufus Inc Project Kick Off Your name is Bob. The date is January 3, 2001, and your head still aches from the recent millennial revelry. You are sitting in a conference room with several managers and a group of your peers. You are a project team leader. Your boss is there, and he has brought along all of his team leaders. His boss called the meeting. "We have a new project to develop," says your boss's boss. Call him BB. The points in his hair are so long that they scrape the ceiling. Your boss's points are just starting to grow, but he eagerly awaits the day when he can leave Brylcream stains on the acoustic tiles. BB describes the essence of the new market they have identified and the product they want to develop to exploit this market. "We must have this new project up and working by fourth quarter October 1," BB demands. "Nothing is of higher priority, so we are cancelling your current project." The reaction in the room is stunned silence. Months of work are simply going to be thrown away. Slowly, a murmur of objection begins to circulate around the conference table.   His points give off an evil green glow as BB meets the eyes of everyone in the room. One by one, that insidious stare reduces each attendee to quivering lumps of protoplasm. It is clear that he will brook no discussion on this matter. Once silence has been restored, BB says, "We need to begin immediately. How long will it take you to do the analysis?" You raise your hand. Your boss tries to stop you, but his spitwad misses you and you are unaware of his efforts.   "Sir, we can't tell you how long the analysis will take until we have some requirements." "The requirements document won't be ready for 3 or 4 weeks," BB says, his points vibrating with frustration. "So, pretend that you have the requirements in front of you now. How long will you require for analysis?" No one breathes. Everyone looks around to see whether anyone has some idea. "If analysis goes beyond April 1, we have a problem. Can you finish the analysis by then?" Your boss visibly gathers his courage: "We'll find a way, sir!" His points grow 3 mm, and your headache increases by two Tylenol. "Good." BB smiles. "Now, how long will it take to do the design?" "Sir," you say. Your boss visibly pales. He is clearly worried that his 3 mms are at risk. "Without an analysis, it will not be possible to tell you how long design will take." BB's expression shifts beyond austere.   "PRETEND you have the analysis already!" he says, while fixing you with his vacant, beady little eyes. "How long will it take you to do the design?" Two Tylenol are not going to cut it. Your boss, in a desperate attempt to save his new growth, babbles: "Well, sir, with only six months left to complete the project, design had better take no longer than 3 months."   "I'm glad you agree, Smithers!" BB says, beaming. Your boss relaxes. He knows his points are secure. After a while, he starts lightly humming the Brylcream jingle. BB continues, "So, analysis will be complete by April 1, design will be complete by July 1, and that gives you 3 months to implement the project. This meeting is an example of how well our new consensus and empowerment policies are working. Now, get out there and start working. I'll expect to see TQM plans and QIT assignments on my desk by next week. Oh, and don't forget that your crossfunctional team meetings and reports will be needed for next month's quality audit." "Forget the Tylenol," you think to yourself as you return to your cubicle. "I need bourbon."   Visibly excited, your boss comes over to you and says, "Gosh, what a great meeting. I think we're really going to do some world shaking with this project." You nod in agreement, too disgusted to do anything else. "Oh," your boss continues, "I almost forgot." He hands you a 30-page document. "Remember that the SEI is coming to do an evaluation next week. This is the evaluation guide. You need to read through it, memorize it, and then shred it. It tells you how to answer any questions that the SEI auditors ask you. It also tells you what parts of the building you are allowed to take them to and what parts to avoid. We are determined to be a CMM level 3 organization by June!"   You and your peers start working on the analysis of the new project. This is difficult because you have no requirements. But from the 10-minute introduction given by BB on that fateful morning, you have some idea of what the product is supposed to do.   Corporate process demands that you begin by creating a use case document. You and your team begin enumerating use cases and drawing oval and stick diagrams. Philosophical debates break out among the team members. There is disagreement as to whether certain use cases should be connected with <<extends>> or <<includes>> relationships. Competing models are created, but nobody knows how to evaluate them. The debate continues, effectively paralyzing progress.   After a week, somebody finds the iceberg.com Web site, which recommends disposing entirely of <<extends>> and <<includes>> and replacing them with <<precedes>> and <<uses>>. The documents on this Web site, authored by Don Sengroiux, describes a method known as stalwart-analysis, which claims to be a step-by-step method for translating use cases into design diagrams. More competing use case models are created using this new scheme, but again, people can't agree on how to evaluate them. The thrashing continues. More and more, the use case meetings are driven by emotion rather than by reason. If it weren't for the fact that you don't have requirements, you'd be pretty upset by the lack of progress you are making. The requirements document arrives on February 15. And then again on February 20, 25, and every week thereafter. Each new version contradicts the previous one. Clearly, the marketing folks who are writing the requirements, empowered though they might be, are not finding consensus.   At the same time, several new competing use case templates have been proposed by the various team members. Each template presents its own particularly creative way of delaying progress. The debates rage on. On March 1, Prudence Putrigence, the process proctor, succeeds in integrating all the competing use case forms and templates into a single, all-encompassing form. Just the blank form is 15 pages long. She has managed to include every field that appeared on all the competing templates. She also presents a 159- page document describing how to fill out the use case form. All current use cases must be rewritten according to the new standard.   You marvel to yourself that it now requires 15 pages of fill-in-the-blank and essay questions to answer the question: What should the system do when the user presses Return? The corporate process (authored by L. E. Ott, famed author of "Holistic Analysis: A Progressive Dialectic for Software Engineers") insists that you discover all primary use cases, 87 percent of all secondary use cases, and 36.274 percent of all tertiary use cases before you can complete analysis and enter the design phase. You have no idea what a tertiary use case is. So in an attempt to meet this requirement, you try to get your use case document reviewed by the marketing department, which you hope will know what a tertiary use case is.   Unfortunately, the marketing folks are too busy with sales support to talk to you. Indeed, since the project started, you have not been able to get a single meeting with marketing, which has provided a never-ending stream of changing and contradictory requirements documents.   While one team has been spinning endlessly on the use case document, another team has been working out the domain model. Endless variations of UML documents are pouring out of this team. Every week, the model is reworked.   The team members can't decide whether to use <<interfaces>> or <<types>> in the model. A huge disagreement has been raging on the proper syntax and application of OCL. Others on the team just got back from a 5-day class on catabolism, and have been producing incredibly detailed and arcane diagrams that nobody else can fathom.   On March 27, with one week to go before analysis is to be complete, you have produced a sea of documents and diagrams but are no closer to a cogent analysis of the problem than you were on January 3. **** And then, a miracle happens.   **** On Saturday, April 1, you check your e-mail from home. You see a memo from your boss to BB. It states unequivocally that you are done with the analysis! You phone your boss and complain. "How could you have told BB that we were done with the analysis?" "Have you looked at a calendar lately?" he responds. "It's April 1!" The irony of that date does not escape you. "But we have so much more to think about. So much more to analyze! We haven't even decided whether to use <<extends>> or <<precedes>>!" "Where is your evidence that you are not done?" inquires your boss, impatiently. "Whaaa . . . ." But he cuts you off. "Analysis can go on forever; it has to be stopped at some point. And since this is the date it was scheduled to stop, it has been stopped. Now, on Monday, I want you to gather up all existing analysis materials and put them into a public folder. Release that folder to Prudence so that she can log it in the CM system by Monday afternoon. Then get busy and start designing."   As you hang up the phone, you begin to consider the benefits of keeping a bottle of bourbon in your bottom desk drawer. They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the analysis phase. BB gave a colon-stirring speech on empowerment. And your boss, another 3 mm taller, congratulated his team on the incredible show of unity and teamwork. Finally, the CIO takes the stage to tell everyone that the SEI audit went very well and to thank everyone for studying and shredding the evaluation guides that were passed out. Level 3 now seems assured and will be awarded by June. (Scuttlebutt has it that managers at the level of BB and above are to receive significant bonuses once the SEI awards level 3.)   As the weeks flow by, you and your team work on the design of the system. Of course, you find that the analysis that the design is supposedly based on is flawedno, useless; no, worse than useless. But when you tell your boss that you need to go back and work some more on the analysis to shore up its weaker sections, he simply states, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   So, you and your team hack the design as best you can, unsure of whether the requirements have been properly analyzed. Of course, it really doesn't matter much, since the requirements document is still thrashing with weekly revisions, and the marketing department still refuses to meet with you.     The design is a nightmare. Your boss recently misread a book named The Finish Line in which the author, Mark DeThomaso, blithely suggested that design documents should be taken down to code-level detail. "If we are going to be working at that level of detail," you ask, "why don't we simply write the code instead?" "Because then you wouldn't be designing, of course. And the only allowable activity in the design phase is design!" "Besides," he continues, "we have just purchased a companywide license for Dandelion! This tool enables 'Round the Horn Engineering!' You are to transfer all design diagrams into this tool. It will automatically generate our code for us! It will also keep the design diagrams in sync with the code!" Your boss hands you a brightly colored shrinkwrapped box containing the Dandelion distribution. You accept it numbly and shuffle off to your cubicle. Twelve hours, eight crashes, one disk reformatting, and eight shots of 151 later, you finally have the tool installed on your server. You consider the week your team will lose while attending Dandelion training. Then you smile and think, "Any week I'm not here is a good week." Design diagram after design diagram is created by your team. Dandelion makes it very difficult to draw these diagrams. There are dozens and dozens of deeply nested dialog boxes with funny text fields and check boxes that must all be filled in correctly. And then there's the problem of moving classes between packages. At first, these diagram are driven from the use cases. But the requirements are changing so often that the use cases rapidly become meaningless. Debates rage about whether VISITOR or DECORATOR design patterns should be used. One developer refuses to use VISITOR in any form, claiming that it's not a properly object-oriented construct. Someone refuses to use multiple inheritance, since it is the spawn of the devil. Review meetings rapidly degenerate into debates about the meaning of object orientation, the definition of analysis versus design, or when to use aggregation versus association. Midway through the design cycle, the marketing folks announce that they have rethought the focus of the system. Their new requirements document is completely restructured. They have eliminated several major feature areas and replaced them with feature areas that they anticipate customer surveys will show to be more appropriate. You tell your boss that these changes mean that you need to reanalyze and redesign much of the system. But he says, "The analysis phase is system. But he says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   You suggest that it might be better to create a simple prototype to show to the marketing folks and even some potential customers. But your boss says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it." Hack, hack, hack, hack. You try to create some kind of a design document that might reflect the new requirements documents. However, the revolution of the requirements has not caused them to stop thrashing. Indeed, if anything, the wild oscillations of the requirements document have only increased in frequency and amplitude.   You slog your way through them.   On June 15, the Dandelion database gets corrupted. Apparently, the corruption has been progressive. Small errors in the DB accumulated over the months into bigger and bigger errors. Eventually, the CASE tool just stopped working. Of course, the slowly encroaching corruption is present on all the backups. Calls to the Dandelion technical support line go unanswered for several days. Finally, you receive a brief e-mail from Dandelion, informing you that this is a known problem and that the solution is to purchase the new version, which they promise will be ready some time next quarter, and then reenter all the diagrams by hand.   ****   Then, on July 1 another miracle happens! You are done with the design!   Rather than go to your boss and complain, you stock your middle desk drawer with some vodka.   **** They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the design phase and their graduation to CMM level 3. This time, you find BB's speech so stirring that you have to use the restroom before it begins. New banners and plaques are all over your workplace. They show pictures of eagles and mountain climbers, and they talk about teamwork and empowerment. They read better after a few scotches. That reminds you that you need to clear out your file cabinet to make room for the brandy. You and your team begin to code. But you rapidly discover that the design is lacking in some significant areas. Actually, it's lacking any significance at all. You convene a design session in one of the conference rooms to try to work through some of the nastier problems. But your boss catches you at it and disbands the meeting, saying, "The design phase is over. The only allowable activity is coding. Now get back to it."   ****   The code generated by Dandelion is really hideous. It turns out that you and your team were using association and aggregation the wrong way, after all. All the generated code has to be edited to correct these flaws. Editing this code is extremely difficult because it has been instrumented with ugly comment blocks that have special syntax that Dandelion needs in order to keep the diagrams in sync with the code. If you accidentally alter one of these comments, the diagrams will be regenerated incorrectly. It turns out that "Round the Horn Engineering" requires an awful lot of effort. The more you try to keep the code compatible with Dandelion, the more errors Dandelion generates. In the end, you give up and decide to keep the diagrams up to date manually. A second later, you decide that there's no point in keeping the diagrams up to date at all. Besides, who has time?   Your boss hires a consultant to build tools to count the number of lines of code that are being produced. He puts a big thermometer graph on the wall with the number 1,000,000 on the top. Every day, he extends the red line to show how many lines have been added. Three days after the thermometer appears on the wall, your boss stops you in the hall. "That graph isn't growing quickly enough. We need to have a million lines done by October 1." "We aren't even sh-sh-sure that the proshect will require a m-million linezh," you blather. "We have to have a million lines done by October 1," your boss reiterates. His points have grown again, and the Grecian formula he uses on them creates an aura of authority and competence. "Are you sure your comment blocks are big enough?" Then, in a flash of managerial insight, he says, "I have it! I want you to institute a new policy among the engineers. No line of code is to be longer than 20 characters. Any such line must be split into two or more preferably more. All existing code needs to be reworked to this standard. That'll get our line count up!"   You decide not to tell him that this will require two unscheduled work months. You decide not to tell him anything at all. You decide that intravenous injections of pure ethanol are the only solution. You make the appropriate arrangements. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. You and your team madly code away. By August 1, your boss, frowning at the thermometer on the wall, institutes a mandatory 50-hour workweek.   Hack, hack, hack, and hack. By September 1st, the thermometer is at 1.2 million lines and your boss asks you to write a report describing why you exceeded the coding budget by 20 percent. He institutes mandatory Saturdays and demands that the project be brought back down to a million lines. You start a campaign of remerging lines. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. Tempers are flaring; people are quitting; QA is raining trouble reports down on you. Customers are demanding installation and user manuals; salespeople are demanding advance demonstrations for special customers; the requirements document is still thrashing, the marketing folks are complaining that the product isn't anything like they specified, and the liquor store won't accept your credit card anymore. Something has to give.    On September 15, BB calls a meeting. As he enters the room, his points are emitting clouds of steam. When he speaks, the bass overtones of his carefully manicured voice cause the pit of your stomach to roll over. "The QA manager has told me that this project has less than 50 percent of the required features implemented. He has also informed me that the system crashes all the time, yields wrong results, and is hideously slow. He has also complained that he cannot keep up with the continuous train of daily releases, each more buggy than the last!" He stops for a few seconds, visibly trying to compose himself. "The QA manager estimates that, at this rate of development, we won't be able to ship the product until December!" Actually, you think it's more like March, but you don't say anything. "December!" BB roars with such derision that people duck their heads as though he were pointing an assault rifle at them. "December is absolutely out of the question. Team leaders, I want new estimates on my desk in the morning. I am hereby mandating 65-hour work weeks until this project is complete. And it better be complete by November 1."   As he leaves the conference room, he is heard to mutter: "Empowermentbah!" * * * Your boss is bald; his points are mounted on BB's wall. The fluorescent lights reflecting off his pate momentarily dazzle you. "Do you have anything to drink?" he asks. Having just finished your last bottle of Boone's Farm, you pull a bottle of Thunderbird from your bookshelf and pour it into his coffee mug. "What's it going to take to get this project done? " he asks. "We need to freeze the requirements, analyze them, design them, and then implement them," you say callously. "By November 1?" your boss exclaims incredulously. "No way! Just get back to coding the damned thing." He storms out, scratching his vacant head.   A few days later, you find that your boss has been transferred to the corporate research division. Turnover has skyrocketed. Customers, informed at the last minute that their orders cannot be fulfilled on time, have begun to cancel their orders. Marketing is re-evaluating whether this product aligns with the overall goals of the company. Memos fly, heads roll, policies change, and things are, overall, pretty grim. Finally, by March, after far too many sixty-five hour weeks, a very shaky version of the software is ready. In the field, bug-discovery rates are high, and the technical support staff are at their wits' end, trying to cope with the complaints and demands of the irate customers. Nobody is happy.   In April, BB decides to buy his way out of the problem by licensing a product produced by Rupert Industries and redistributing it. The customers are mollified, the marketing folks are smug, and you are laid off.     Rupert Industries: Project Alpha   Your name is Robert. The date is January 3, 2001. The quiet hours spent with your family this holiday have left you refreshed and ready for work. You are sitting in a conference room with your team of professionals. The manager of the division called the meeting. "We have some ideas for a new project," says the division manager. Call him Russ. He is a high-strung British chap with more energy than a fusion reactor. He is ambitious and driven but understands the value of a team. Russ describes the essence of the new market opportunity the company has identified and introduces you to Jane, the marketing manager, who is responsible for defining the products that will address it. Addressing you, Jane says, "We'd like to start defining our first product offering as soon as possible. When can you and your team meet with me?" You reply, "We'll be done with the current iteration of our project this Friday. We can spare a few hours for you between now and then. After that, we'll take a few people from the team and dedicate them to you. We'll begin hiring their replacements and the new people for your team immediately." "Great," says Russ, "but I want you to understand that it is critical that we have something to exhibit at the trade show coming up this July. If we can't be there with something significant, we'll lose the opportunity."   "I understand," you reply. "I don't yet know what it is that you have in mind, but I'm sure we can have something by July. I just can't tell you what that something will be right now. In any case, you and Jane are going to have complete control over what we developers do, so you can rest assured that by July, you'll have the most important things that can be accomplished in that time ready to exhibit."   Russ nods in satisfaction. He knows how this works. Your team has always kept him advised and allowed him to steer their development. He has the utmost confidence that your team will work on the most important things first and will produce a high-quality product.   * * *   "So, Robert," says Jane at their first meeting, "How does your team feel about being split up?" "We'll miss working with each other," you answer, "but some of us were getting pretty tired of that last project and are looking forward to a change. So, what are you people cooking up?" Jane beams. "You know how much trouble our customers currently have . . ." And she spends a half hour or so describing the problem and possible solution. "OK, wait a second" you respond. "I need to be clear about this." And so you and Jane talk about how this system might work. Some of her ideas aren't fully formed. You suggest possible solutions. She likes some of them. You continue discussing.   During the discussion, as each new topic is addressed, Jane writes user story cards. Each card represents something that the new system has to do. The cards accumulate on the table and are spread out in front of you. Both you and Jane point at them, pick them up, and make notes on them as you discuss the stories. The cards are powerful mnemonic devices that you can use to represent complex ideas that are barely formed.   At the end of the meeting, you say, "OK, I've got a general idea of what you want. I'm going to talk to the team about it. I imagine they'll want to run some experiments with various database structures and presentation formats. Next time we meet, it'll be as a group, and we'll start identifying the most important features of the system."   A week later, your nascent team meets with Jane. They spread the existing user story cards out on the table and begin to get into some of the details of the system. The meeting is very dynamic. Jane presents the stories in the order of their importance. There is much discussion about each one. The developers are concerned about keeping the stories small enough to estimate and test. So they continually ask Jane to split one story into several smaller stories. Jane is concerned that each story have a clear business value and priority, so as she splits them, she makes sure that this stays true.   The stories accumulate on the table. Jane writes them, but the developers make notes on them as needed. Nobody tries to capture everything that is said; the cards are not meant to capture everything but are simply reminders of the conversation.   As the developers become more comfortable with the stories, they begin writing estimates on them. These estimates are crude and budgetary, but they give Jane an idea of what the story will cost.   At the end of the meeting, it is clear that many more stories could be discussed. It is also clear that the most important stories have been addressed and that they represent several months worth of work. Jane closes the meeting by taking the cards with her and promising to have a proposal for the first release in the morning.   * * *   The next morning, you reconvene the meeting. Jane chooses five cards and places them on the table. "According to your estimates, these cards represent about one perfect team-week's worth of work. The last iteration of the previous project managed to get one perfect team-week done in 3 real weeks. If we can get these five stories done in 3 weeks, we'll be able to demonstrate them to Russ. That will make him feel very comfortable about our progress." Jane is pushing it. The sheepish look on her face lets you know that she knows it too. You reply, "Jane, this is a new team, working on a new project. It's a bit presumptuous to expect that our velocity will be the same as the previous team's. However, I met with the team yesterday afternoon, and we all agreed that our initial velocity should, in fact, be set to one perfectweek for every 3 real-weeks. So you've lucked out on this one." "Just remember," you continue, "that the story estimates and the story velocity are very tentative at this point. We'll learn more when we plan the iteration and even more when we implement it."   Jane looks over her glasses at you as if to say "Who's the boss around here, anyway?" and then smiles and says, "Yeah, don't worry. I know the drill by now."Jane then puts 15 more cards on the table. She says, "If we can get all these cards done by the end of March, we can turn the system over to our beta test customers. And we'll get good feedback from them."   You reply, "OK, so we've got our first iteration defined, and we have the stories for the next three iterations after that. These four iterations will make our first release."   "So," says Jane, can you really do these five stories in the next 3 weeks?" "I don't know for sure, Jane," you reply. "Let's break them down into tasks and see what we get."   So Jane, you, and your team spend the next several hours taking each of the five stories that Jane chose for the first iteration and breaking them down into small tasks. The developers quickly realize that some of the tasks can be shared between stories and that other tasks have commonalities that can probably be taken advantage of. It is clear that potential designs are popping into the developers' heads. From time to time, they form little discussion knots and scribble UML diagrams on some cards.   Soon, the whiteboard is filled with the tasks that, once completed, will implement the five stories for this iteration. You start the sign-up process by saying, "OK, let's sign up for these tasks." "I'll take the initial database generation." Says Pete. "That's what I did on the last project, and this doesn't look very different. I estimate it at two of my perfect workdays." "OK, well, then, I'll take the login screen," says Joe. "Aw, darn," says Elaine, the junior member of the team, "I've never done a GUI, and kinda wanted to try that one."   "Ah, the impatience of youth," Joe says sagely, with a wink in your direction. "You can assist me with it, young Jedi." To Jane: "I think it'll take me about three of my perfect workdays."   One by one, the developers sign up for tasks and estimate them in terms of their own perfect workdays. Both you and Jane know that it is best to let the developers volunteer for tasks than to assign the tasks to them. You also know full well that you daren't challenge any of the developers' estimates. You know these people, and you trust them. You know that they are going to do the very best they can.   The developers know that they can't sign up for more perfect workdays than they finished in the last iteration they worked on. Once each developer has filled his or her schedule for the iteration, they stop signing up for tasks.   Eventually, all the developers have stopped signing up for tasks. But, of course, tasks are still left on the board.   "I was worried that that might happen," you say, "OK, there's only one thing to do, Jane. We've got too much to do in this iteration. What stories or tasks can we remove?" Jane sighs. She knows that this is the only option. Working overtime at the beginning of a project is insane, and projects where she's tried it have not fared well.   So Jane starts to remove the least-important functionality. "Well, we really don't need the login screen just yet. We can simply start the system in the logged-in state." "Rats!" cries Elaine. "I really wanted to do that." "Patience, grasshopper." says Joe. "Those who wait for the bees to leave the hive will not have lips too swollen to relish the honey." Elaine looks confused. Everyone looks confused. "So . . .," Jane continues, "I think we can also do away with . . ." And so, bit by bit, the list of tasks shrinks. Developers who lose a task sign up for one of the remaining ones.   The negotiation is not painless. Several times, Jane exhibits obvious frustration and impatience. Once, when tensions are especially high, Elaine volunteers, "I'll work extra hard to make up some of the missing time." You are about to correct her when, fortunately, Joe looks her in the eye and says, "When once you proceed down the dark path, forever will it dominate your destiny."   In the end, an iteration acceptable to Jane is reached. It's not what Jane wanted. Indeed, it is significantly less. But it's something the team feels that can be achieved in the next 3 weeks.   And, after all, it still addresses the most important things that Jane wanted in the iteration. "So, Jane," you say when things had quieted down a bit, "when can we expect acceptance tests from you?" Jane sighs. This is the other side of the coin. For every story the development team implements,   Jane must supply a suite of acceptance tests that prove that it works. And the team needs these long before the end of the iteration, since they will certainly point out differences in the way Jane and the developers imagine the system's behaviour.   "I'll get you some example test scripts today," Jane promises. "I'll add to them every day after that. You'll have the entire suite by the middle of the iteration."   * * *   The iteration begins on Monday morning with a flurry of Class, Responsibilities, Collaborators sessions. By midmorning, all the developers have assembled into pairs and are rapidly coding away. "And now, my young apprentice," Joe says to Elaine, "you shall learn the mysteries of test-first design!"   "Wow, that sounds pretty rad," Elaine replies. "How do you do it?" Joe beams. It's clear that he has been anticipating this moment. "OK, what does the code do right now?" "Huh?" replied Elaine, "It doesn't do anything at all; there is no code."   "So, consider our task; can you think of something the code should do?" "Sure," Elaine said with youthful assurance, "First, it should connect to the database." "And thereupon, what must needs be required to connecteth the database?" "You sure talk weird," laughed Elaine. "I think we'd have to get the database object from some registry and call the Connect() method. "Ah, astute young wizard. Thou perceives correctly that we requireth an object within which we can cacheth the database object." "Is 'cacheth' really a word?" "It is when I say it! So, what test can we write that we know the database registry should pass?" Elaine sighs. She knows she'll just have to play along. "We should be able to create a database object and pass it to the registry in a Store() method. And then we should be able to pull it out of the registry with a Get() method and make sure it's the same object." "Oh, well said, my prepubescent sprite!" "Hay!" "So, now, let's write a test function that proves your case." "But shouldn't we write the database object and registry object first?" "Ah, you've much to learn, my young impatient one. Just write the test first." "But it won't even compile!" "Are you sure? What if it did?" "Uh . . ." "Just write the test, Elaine. Trust me." And so Joe, Elaine, and all the other developers began to code their tasks, one test case at a time. The room in which they worked was abuzz with the conversations between the pairs. The murmur was punctuated by an occasional high five when a pair managed to finish a task or a difficult test case.   As development proceeded, the developers changed partners once or twice a day. Each developer got to see what all the others were doing, and so knowledge of the code spread generally throughout the team.   Whenever a pair finished something significant whether a whole task or simply an important part of a task they integrated what they had with the rest of the system. Thus, the code base grew daily, and integration difficulties were minimized.   The developers communicated with Jane on a daily basis. They'd go to her whenever they had a question about the functionality of the system or the interpretation of an acceptance test case.   Jane, good as her word, supplied the team with a steady stream of acceptance test scripts. The team read these carefully and thereby gained a much better understanding of what Jane expected the system to do. By the beginning of the second week, there was enough functionality to demonstrate to Jane. She watched eagerly as the demonstration passed test case after test case. "This is really cool," Jane said as the demonstration finally ended. "But this doesn't seem like one-third of the tasks. Is your velocity slower than anticipated?"   You grimace. You'd been waiting for a good time to mention this to Jane but now she was forcing the issue. "Yes, unfortunately, we are going more slowly than we had expected. The new application server we are using is turning out to be a pain to configure. Also, it takes forever to reboot, and we have to reboot it whenever we make even the slightest change to its configuration."   Jane eyes you with suspicion. The stress of last Monday's negotiations had still not entirely dissipated. She says, "And what does this mean to our schedule? We can't slip it again, we just can't. Russ will have a fit! He'll haul us all into the woodshed and ream us some new ones."   You look Jane right in the eyes. There's no pleasant way to give someone news like this. So you just blurt out, "Look, if things keep going like they're going, we're not going to be done with everything by next Friday. Now it's possible that we'll figure out a way to go faster. But, frankly, I wouldn't depend on that. You should start thinking about one or two tasks that could be removed from the iteration without ruining the demonstration for Russ. Come hell or high water, we are going to give that demonstration on Friday, and I don't think you want us to choose which tasks to omit."   "Aw forchrisakes!" Jane barely manages to stifle yelling that last word as she stalks away, shaking her head. Not for the first time, you say to yourself, "Nobody ever promised me project management would be easy." You are pretty sure it won't be the last time, either.   Actually, things went a bit better than you had hoped. The team did, in fact, have to drop one task from the iteration, but Jane had chosen wisely, and the demonstration for Russ went without a hitch. Russ was not impressed with the progress, but neither was he dismayed. He simply said, "This is pretty good. But remember, we have to be able to demonstrate this system at the trade show in July, and at this rate, it doesn't look like you'll have all that much to show." Jane, whose attitude had improved dramatically with the completion of the iteration, responded to Russ by saying, "Russ, this team is working hard, and well. When July comes around, I am confident that we'll have something significant to demonstrate. It won't be everything, and some of it may be smoke and mirrors, but we'll have something."   Painful though the last iteration was, it had calibrated your velocity numbers. The next iteration went much better. Not because your team got more done than in the last iteration but simply because the team didn't have to remove any tasks or stories in the middle of the iteration.   By the start of the fourth iteration, a natural rhythm has been established. Jane, you, and the team know exactly what to expect from one another. The team is running hard, but the pace is sustainable. You are confident that the team can keep up this pace for a year or more.   The number of surprises in the schedule diminishes to near zero; however, the number of surprises in the requirements does not. Jane and Russ frequently look over the growing system and make recommendations or changes to the existing functionality. But all parties realize that these changes take time and must be scheduled. So the changes do not cause anyone's expectations to be violated. In March, there is a major demonstration of the system to the board of directors. The system is very limited and is not yet in a form good enough to take to the trade show, but progress is steady, and the board is reasonably impressed.   The second release goes even more smoothly than the first. By now, the team has figured out a way to automate Jane's acceptance test scripts. The team has also refactored the design of the system to the point that it is really easy to add new features and change old ones. The second release was done by the end of June and was taken to the trade show. It had less in it than Jane and Russ would have liked, but it did demonstrate the most important features of the system. Although customers at the trade show noticed that certain features were missing, they were very impressed overall. You, Russ, and Jane all returned from the trade show with smiles on your faces. You all felt as though this project was a winner.   Indeed, many months later, you are contacted by Rufus Inc. That company had been working on a system like this for its internal operations. Rufus has canceled the development of that system after a death-march project and is negotiating to license your technology for its environment.   Indeed, things are looking up!

    Read the article

  • Creating Custom Ajax Control Toolkit Controls

    - by Stephen Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to explain how you can extend the Ajax Control Toolkit with custom Ajax Control Toolkit controls. I describe how you can create the two halves of an Ajax Control Toolkit control: the server-side control extender and the client-side control behavior. Finally, I explain how you can use the new Ajax Control Toolkit control in a Web Forms page. At the end of this blog entry, there is a link to download a Visual Studio 2010 solution which contains the code for two Ajax Control Toolkit controls: SampleExtender and PopupHelpExtender. The SampleExtender contains the minimum skeleton for creating a new Ajax Control Toolkit control. You can use the SampleExtender as a starting point for your custom Ajax Control Toolkit controls. The PopupHelpExtender control is a super simple custom Ajax Control Toolkit control. This control extender displays a help message when you start typing into a TextBox control. The animated GIF below demonstrates what happens when you click into a TextBox which has been extended with the PopupHelp extender. Here’s a sample of a Web Forms page which uses the control: <%@ Page Language="C#" AutoEventWireup="true" CodeBehind="ShowPopupHelp.aspx.cs" Inherits="MyACTControls.Web.Default" %> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html > <head runat="server"> <title>Show Popup Help</title> </head> <body> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <div> <act:ToolkitScriptManager ID="tsm" runat="server" /> <%-- Social Security Number --%> <asp:Label ID="lblSSN" Text="SSN:" AssociatedControlID="txtSSN" runat="server" /> <asp:TextBox ID="txtSSN" runat="server" /> <act:PopupHelpExtender id="ph1" TargetControlID="txtSSN" HelpText="Please enter your social security number." runat="server" /> <%-- Social Security Number --%> <asp:Label ID="lblPhone" Text="Phone Number:" AssociatedControlID="txtPhone" runat="server" /> <asp:TextBox ID="txtPhone" runat="server" /> <act:PopupHelpExtender id="ph2" TargetControlID="txtPhone" HelpText="Please enter your phone number." runat="server" /> </div> </form> </body> </html> In the page above, the PopupHelp extender is used to extend the functionality of the two TextBox controls. When focus is given to a TextBox control, the popup help message is displayed. An Ajax Control Toolkit control extender consists of two parts: a server-side control extender and a client-side behavior. For example, the PopupHelp extender consists of a server-side PopupHelpExtender control (PopupHelpExtender.cs) and a client-side PopupHelp behavior JavaScript script (PopupHelpBehavior.js). Over the course of this blog entry, I describe how you can create both the server-side extender and the client-side behavior. Writing the Server-Side Code Creating a Control Extender You create a control extender by creating a class that inherits from the abstract ExtenderControlBase class. For example, the PopupHelpExtender control is declared like this: public class PopupHelpExtender: ExtenderControlBase { } The ExtenderControlBase class is part of the Ajax Control Toolkit. This base class contains all of the common server properties and methods of every Ajax Control Toolkit extender control. The ExtenderControlBase class inherits from the ExtenderControl class. The ExtenderControl class is a standard class in the ASP.NET framework located in the System.Web.UI namespace. This class is responsible for generating a client-side behavior. The class generates a call to the Microsoft Ajax Library $create() method which looks like this: <script type="text/javascript"> $create(MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior, {"HelpText":"Please enter your social security number.","id":"ph1"}, null, null, $get("txtSSN")); }); </script> The JavaScript $create() method is part of the Microsoft Ajax Library. The reference for this method can be found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb397487.aspx This method accepts the following parameters: type – The type of client behavior to create. The $create() method above creates a client PopupHelpBehavior. Properties – Enables you to pass initial values for the properties of the client behavior. For example, the initial value of the HelpText property. This is how server property values are passed to the client. Events – Enables you to pass client-side event handlers to the client behavior. References – Enables you to pass references to other client components. Element – The DOM element associated with the client behavior. This will be the DOM element associated with the control being extended such as the txtSSN TextBox. The $create() method is generated for you automatically. You just need to focus on writing the server-side control extender class. Specifying the Target Control All Ajax Control Toolkit extenders inherit a TargetControlID property from the ExtenderControlBase class. This property, the TargetControlID property, points at the control that the extender control extends. For example, the Ajax Control Toolkit TextBoxWatermark control extends a TextBox, the ConfirmButton control extends a Button, and the Calendar control extends a TextBox. You must indicate the type of control which your extender is extending. You indicate the type of control by adding a [TargetControlType] attribute to your control. For example, the PopupHelp extender is declared like this: [TargetControlType(typeof(TextBox))] public class PopupHelpExtender: ExtenderControlBase { } The PopupHelp extender can be used to extend a TextBox control. If you try to use the PopupHelp extender with another type of control then an exception is thrown. If you want to create an extender control which can be used with any type of ASP.NET control (Button, DataView, TextBox or whatever) then use the following attribute: [TargetControlType(typeof(Control))] Decorating Properties with Attributes If you decorate a server-side property with the [ExtenderControlProperty] attribute then the value of the property gets passed to the control’s client-side behavior. The value of the property gets passed to the client through the $create() method discussed above. The PopupHelp control contains the following HelpText property: [ExtenderControlProperty] [RequiredProperty] public string HelpText { get { return GetPropertyValue("HelpText", "Help Text"); } set { SetPropertyValue("HelpText", value); } } The HelpText property determines the help text which pops up when you start typing into a TextBox control. Because the HelpText property is decorated with the [ExtenderControlProperty] attribute, any value assigned to this property on the server is passed to the client automatically. For example, if you declare the PopupHelp extender in a Web Form page like this: <asp:TextBox ID="txtSSN" runat="server" /> <act:PopupHelpExtender id="ph1" TargetControlID="txtSSN" HelpText="Please enter your social security number." runat="server" />   Then the PopupHelpExtender renders the call to the the following Microsoft Ajax Library $create() method: $create(MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior, {"HelpText":"Please enter your social security number.","id":"ph1"}, null, null, $get("txtSSN")); You can see this call to the JavaScript $create() method by selecting View Source in your browser. This call to the $create() method calls a method named set_HelpText() automatically and passes the value “Please enter your social security number”. There are several attributes which you can use to decorate server-side properties including: ExtenderControlProperty – When a property is marked with this attribute, the value of the property is passed to the client automatically. ExtenderControlEvent – When a property is marked with this attribute, the property represents a client event handler. Required – When a value is not assigned to this property on the server, an error is displayed. DefaultValue – The default value of the property passed to the client. ClientPropertyName – The name of the corresponding property in the JavaScript behavior. For example, the server-side property is named ID (uppercase) and the client-side property is named id (lower-case). IDReferenceProperty – Applied to properties which refer to the IDs of other controls. URLProperty – Calls ResolveClientURL() to convert from a server-side URL to a URL which can be used on the client. ElementReference – Returns a reference to a DOM element by performing a client $get(). The WebResource, ClientResource, and the RequiredScript Attributes The PopupHelp extender uses three embedded resources named PopupHelpBehavior.js, PopupHelpBehavior.debug.js, and PopupHelpBehavior.css. The first two files are JavaScript files and the final file is a Cascading Style sheet file. These files are compiled as embedded resources. You don’t need to mark them as embedded resources in your Visual Studio solution because they get added to the assembly when the assembly is compiled by a build task. You can see that these files get embedded into the MyACTControls assembly by using Red Gate’s .NET Reflector tool: In order to use these files with the PopupHelp extender, you need to work with both the WebResource and the ClientScriptResource attributes. The PopupHelp extender includes the following three WebResource attributes. [assembly: WebResource("PopupHelp.PopupHelpBehavior.js", "text/javascript")] [assembly: WebResource("PopupHelp.PopupHelpBehavior.debug.js", "text/javascript")] [assembly: WebResource("PopupHelp.PopupHelpBehavior.css", "text/css", PerformSubstitution = true)] These WebResource attributes expose the embedded resource from the assembly so that they can be accessed by using the ScriptResource.axd or WebResource.axd handlers. The first parameter passed to the WebResource attribute is the name of the embedded resource and the second parameter is the content type of the embedded resource. The PopupHelp extender also includes the following ClientScriptResource and ClientCssResource attributes: [ClientScriptResource("MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior", "PopupHelp.PopupHelpBehavior.js")] [ClientCssResource("PopupHelp.PopupHelpBehavior.css")] Including these attributes causes the PopupHelp extender to request these resources when you add the PopupHelp extender to a page. If you open View Source in a browser which uses the PopupHelp extender then you will see the following link for the Cascading Style Sheet file: <link href="/WebResource.axd?d=0uONMsWXUuEDG-pbJHAC1kuKiIMteQFkYLmZdkgv7X54TObqYoqVzU4mxvaa4zpn5H9ch0RDwRYKwtO8zM5mKgO6C4WbrbkWWidKR07LD1d4n4i_uNB1mHEvXdZu2Ae5mDdVNDV53znnBojzCzwvSw2&amp;t=634417392021676003" type="text/css" rel="stylesheet" /> You also will see the following script include for the JavaScript file: <script src="/ScriptResource.axd?d=pIS7xcGaqvNLFBvExMBQSp_0xR3mpDfS0QVmmyu1aqDUjF06TrW1jVDyXNDMtBHxpRggLYDvgFTWOsrszflZEDqAcQCg-hDXjun7ON0Ol7EXPQIdOe1GLMceIDv3OeX658-tTq2LGdwXhC1-dE7_6g2&amp;t=ffffffff88a33b59" type="text/javascript"></script> The JavaScrpt file returned by this request to ScriptResource.axd contains the combined scripts for any and all Ajax Control Toolkit controls in a page. By default, the Ajax Control Toolkit combines all of the JavaScript files required by a page into a single JavaScript file. Combining files in this way really speeds up how quickly all of the JavaScript files get delivered from the web server to the browser. So, by default, there will be only one ScriptResource.axd include for all of the JavaScript files required by a page. If you want to disable Script Combining, and create separate links, then disable Script Combining like this: <act:ToolkitScriptManager ID="tsm" runat="server" CombineScripts="false" /> There is one more important attribute used by Ajax Control Toolkit extenders. The PopupHelp behavior uses the following two RequirdScript attributes to load the JavaScript files which are required by the PopupHelp behavior: [RequiredScript(typeof(CommonToolkitScripts), 0)] [RequiredScript(typeof(PopupExtender), 1)] The first parameter of the RequiredScript attribute represents either the string name of a JavaScript file or the type of an Ajax Control Toolkit control. The second parameter represents the order in which the JavaScript files are loaded (This second parameter is needed because .NET attributes are intrinsically unordered). In this case, the RequiredScript attribute will load the JavaScript files associated with the CommonToolkitScripts type and the JavaScript files associated with the PopupExtender in that order. The PopupHelp behavior depends on these JavaScript files. Writing the Client-Side Code The PopupHelp extender uses a client-side behavior written with the Microsoft Ajax Library. Here is the complete code for the client-side behavior: (function () { // The unique name of the script registered with the // client script loader var scriptName = "PopupHelpBehavior"; function execute() { Type.registerNamespace('MyACTControls'); MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior = function (element) { /// <summary> /// A behavior which displays popup help for a textbox /// </summmary> /// <param name="element" type="Sys.UI.DomElement">The element to attach to</param> MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.initializeBase(this, [element]); this._textbox = Sys.Extended.UI.TextBoxWrapper.get_Wrapper(element); this._cssClass = "ajax__popupHelp"; this._popupBehavior = null; this._popupPosition = Sys.Extended.UI.PositioningMode.BottomLeft; this._popupDiv = null; this._helpText = "Help Text"; this._element$delegates = { focus: Function.createDelegate(this, this._element_onfocus), blur: Function.createDelegate(this, this._element_onblur) }; } MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.prototype = { initialize: function () { MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.callBaseMethod(this, 'initialize'); // Add event handlers for focus and blur var element = this.get_element(); $addHandlers(element, this._element$delegates); }, _ensurePopup: function () { if (!this._popupDiv) { var element = this.get_element(); var id = this.get_id(); this._popupDiv = $common.createElementFromTemplate({ nodeName: "div", properties: { id: id + "_popupDiv" }, cssClasses: ["ajax__popupHelp"] }, element.parentNode); this._popupBehavior = new $create(Sys.Extended.UI.PopupBehavior, { parentElement: element }, {}, {}, this._popupDiv); this._popupBehavior.set_positioningMode(this._popupPosition); } }, get_HelpText: function () { return this._helpText; }, set_HelpText: function (value) { if (this._HelpText != value) { this._helpText = value; this._ensurePopup(); this._popupDiv.innerHTML = value; this.raisePropertyChanged("Text") } }, _element_onfocus: function (e) { this.show(); }, _element_onblur: function (e) { this.hide(); }, show: function () { this._popupBehavior.show(); }, hide: function () { if (this._popupBehavior) { this._popupBehavior.hide(); } }, dispose: function() { var element = this.get_element(); $clearHandlers(element); if (this._popupBehavior) { this._popupBehavior.dispose(); this._popupBehavior = null; } } }; MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.registerClass('MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior', Sys.Extended.UI.BehaviorBase); Sys.registerComponent(MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior, { name: "popupHelp" }); } // execute if (window.Sys && Sys.loader) { Sys.loader.registerScript(scriptName, ["ExtendedBase", "ExtendedCommon"], execute); } else { execute(); } })();   In the following sections, we’ll discuss how this client-side behavior works. Wrapping the Behavior for the Script Loader The behavior is wrapped with the following script: (function () { // The unique name of the script registered with the // client script loader var scriptName = "PopupHelpBehavior"; function execute() { // Behavior Content } // execute if (window.Sys && Sys.loader) { Sys.loader.registerScript(scriptName, ["ExtendedBase", "ExtendedCommon"], execute); } else { execute(); } })(); This code is required by the Microsoft Ajax Library Script Loader. You need this code if you plan to use a behavior directly from client-side code and you want to use the Script Loader. If you plan to only use your code in the context of the Ajax Control Toolkit then you can leave out this code. Registering a JavaScript Namespace The PopupHelp behavior is declared within a namespace named MyACTControls. In the code above, this namespace is created with the following registerNamespace() method: Type.registerNamespace('MyACTControls'); JavaScript does not have any built-in way of creating namespaces to prevent naming conflicts. The Microsoft Ajax Library extends JavaScript with support for namespaces. You can learn more about the registerNamespace() method here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb397723.aspx Creating the Behavior The actual Popup behavior is created with the following code. MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior = function (element) { /// <summary> /// A behavior which displays popup help for a textbox /// </summmary> /// <param name="element" type="Sys.UI.DomElement">The element to attach to</param> MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.initializeBase(this, [element]); this._textbox = Sys.Extended.UI.TextBoxWrapper.get_Wrapper(element); this._cssClass = "ajax__popupHelp"; this._popupBehavior = null; this._popupPosition = Sys.Extended.UI.PositioningMode.BottomLeft; this._popupDiv = null; this._helpText = "Help Text"; this._element$delegates = { focus: Function.createDelegate(this, this._element_onfocus), blur: Function.createDelegate(this, this._element_onblur) }; } MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.prototype = { initialize: function () { MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.callBaseMethod(this, 'initialize'); // Add event handlers for focus and blur var element = this.get_element(); $addHandlers(element, this._element$delegates); }, _ensurePopup: function () { if (!this._popupDiv) { var element = this.get_element(); var id = this.get_id(); this._popupDiv = $common.createElementFromTemplate({ nodeName: "div", properties: { id: id + "_popupDiv" }, cssClasses: ["ajax__popupHelp"] }, element.parentNode); this._popupBehavior = new $create(Sys.Extended.UI.PopupBehavior, { parentElement: element }, {}, {}, this._popupDiv); this._popupBehavior.set_positioningMode(this._popupPosition); } }, get_HelpText: function () { return this._helpText; }, set_HelpText: function (value) { if (this._HelpText != value) { this._helpText = value; this._ensurePopup(); this._popupDiv.innerHTML = value; this.raisePropertyChanged("Text") } }, _element_onfocus: function (e) { this.show(); }, _element_onblur: function (e) { this.hide(); }, show: function () { this._popupBehavior.show(); }, hide: function () { if (this._popupBehavior) { this._popupBehavior.hide(); } }, dispose: function() { var element = this.get_element(); $clearHandlers(element); if (this._popupBehavior) { this._popupBehavior.dispose(); this._popupBehavior = null; } } }; The code above has two parts. The first part of the code is used to define the constructor function for the PopupHelp behavior. This is a factory method which returns an instance of a PopupHelp behavior: MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior = function (element) { } The second part of the code modified the prototype for the PopupHelp behavior: MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.prototype = { } Any code which is particular to a single instance of the PopupHelp behavior should be placed in the constructor function. For example, the default value of the _helpText field is assigned in the constructor function: this._helpText = "Help Text"; Any code which is shared among all instances of the PopupHelp behavior should be added to the PopupHelp behavior’s prototype. For example, the public HelpText property is added to the prototype: get_HelpText: function () { return this._helpText; }, set_HelpText: function (value) { if (this._HelpText != value) { this._helpText = value; this._ensurePopup(); this._popupDiv.innerHTML = value; this.raisePropertyChanged("Text") } }, Registering a JavaScript Class After you create the PopupHelp behavior, you must register the behavior as a class by using the Microsoft Ajax registerClass() method like this: MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior.registerClass('MyACTControls.PopupHelpBehavior', Sys.Extended.UI.BehaviorBase); This call to registerClass() registers PopupHelp behavior as a class which derives from the base Sys.Extended.UI.BehaviorBase class. Like the ExtenderControlBase class on the server side, the BehaviorBase class on the client side contains method used by every behavior. The documentation for the BehaviorBase class can be found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb311020.aspx The most important methods and properties of the BehaviorBase class are the following: dispose() – Use this method to clean up all resources used by your behavior. In the case of the PopupHelp behavior, the dispose() method is used to remote the event handlers created by the behavior and disposed the Popup behavior. get_element() -- Use this property to get the DOM element associated with the behavior. In other words, the DOM element which the behavior extends. get_id() – Use this property to the ID of the current behavior. initialize() – Use this method to initialize the behavior. This method is called after all of the properties are set by the $create() method. Creating Debug and Release Scripts You might have noticed that the PopupHelp behavior uses two scripts named PopupHelpBehavior.js and PopupHelpBehavior.debug.js. However, you never create these two scripts. Instead, you only create a single script named PopupHelpBehavior.pre.js. The pre in PopupHelpBehavior.pre.js stands for preprocessor. When you build the Ajax Control Toolkit (or the sample Visual Studio Solution at the end of this blog entry), a build task named JSBuild generates the PopupHelpBehavior.js release script and PopupHelpBehavior.debug.js debug script automatically. The JSBuild preprocessor supports the following directives: #IF #ELSE #ENDIF #INCLUDE #LOCALIZE #DEFINE #UNDEFINE The preprocessor directives are used to mark code which should only appear in the debug version of the script. The directives are used extensively in the Microsoft Ajax Library. For example, the Microsoft Ajax Library Array.contains() method is created like this: $type.contains = function Array$contains(array, item) { //#if DEBUG var e = Function._validateParams(arguments, [ {name: "array", type: Array, elementMayBeNull: true}, {name: "item", mayBeNull: true} ]); if (e) throw e; //#endif return (indexOf(array, item) >= 0); } Notice that you add each of the preprocessor directives inside a JavaScript comment. The comment prevents Visual Studio from getting confused with its Intellisense. The release version, but not the debug version, of the PopupHelpBehavior script is also minified automatically by the Microsoft Ajax Minifier. The minifier is invoked by a build step in the project file. Conclusion The goal of this blog entry was to explain how you can create custom AJAX Control Toolkit controls. In the first part of this blog entry, you learned how to create the server-side portion of an Ajax Control Toolkit control. You learned how to derive a new control from the ExtenderControlBase class and decorate its properties with the necessary attributes. Next, in the second part of this blog entry, you learned how to create the client-side portion of an Ajax Control Toolkit control by creating a client-side behavior with JavaScript. You learned how to use the methods of the Microsoft Ajax Library to extend your client behavior from the BehaviorBase class. Download the Custom ACT Starter Solution

    Read the article

  • Visual Studio 2010 and .NET 4 Released

    - by ScottGu
    The final release of Visual Studio 2010 and .NET 4 is now available. Download and Install Today MSDN subscribers, as well as WebsiteSpark/BizSpark/DreamSpark members, can now download the final releases of Visual Studio 2010 and TFS 2010 through the MSDN subscribers download center.  If you are not an MSDN Subscriber, you can download free 90-day trial editions of Visual Studio 2010.  Or you can can download the free Visual Studio express editions of Visual Web Developer 2010, Visual Basic 2010, Visual C# 2010 and Visual C++.  These express editions are available completely for free (and never time out).  If you are looking for an easy way to setup a new machine for web-development you can automate installing ASP.NET 4, ASP.NET MVC 2, IIS, SQL Server Express and Visual Web Developer 2010 Express really quickly with the Microsoft Web Platform Installer (just click the install button on the page). What is new with VS 2010 and .NET 4 Today’s release is a big one – and brings with it a ton of new feature and capabilities. One of the things we tried hard to focus on with this release was to invest heavily in making existing applications, projects and developer experiences better.  What this means is that you don’t need to read 1000+ page books or spend time learning major new concepts in order to take advantage of the release.  There are literally thousands of improvements (both big and small) that make you more productive and successful without having to learn big new concepts in order to start using them.  Below is just a small sampling of some of the improvements with this release: Visual Studio 2010 IDE  Visual Studio 2010 now supports multiple-monitors (enabling much better use of screen real-estate).  It has new code Intellisense support that makes it easier to find and use classes and methods. It has improved code navigation support for searching code-bases and seeing how code is called and used.  It has new code visualization support that allows you to see the relationships across projects and classes within projects, as well as to automatically generate sequence diagrams to chart execution flow.  The editor now supports HTML and JavaScript snippet support as well as improved JavaScript intellisense. The VS 2010 Debugger and Profiling support is now much, much richer and enables new features like Intellitrace (aka Historical Debugging), debugging of Crash/Dump files, and better parallel debugging.  VS 2010’s multi-targeting support is now much richer, and enables you to use VS 2010 to target .NET 2, .NET 3, .NET 3.5 and .NET 4 applications.  And the infamous Add Reference dialog now loads much faster. TFS 2010 is now easy to setup (you can now install the server in under 10 minutes) and enables great source-control, bug/work-item tracking, and continuous integration support.  Testing (both automated and manual) is now much, much richer.  And VS 2010 Premium and Ultimate provide much richer architecture and design tooling support. VB and C# Language Features VB and C# in VS 2010 both contain a bunch of new features and capabilities.  VB adds new support for automatic properties, collection initializers, and implicit line continuation support among many other features.  C# adds support for optional parameters and named arguments, a new dynamic keyword, co-variance and contra-variance, and among many other features. ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET MVC 2 With ASP.NET 4, Web Forms controls now render clean, semantically correct, and CSS friendly HTML markup. Built-in URL routing functionality allows you to expose clean, search engine friendly, URLs and increase the traffic to your Website.  ViewState within applications can now be more easily controlled and made smaller.  ASP.NET Dynamic Data support has been expanded.  More controls, including rich charting and data controls, are now built-into ASP.NET 4 and enable you to build applications even faster.  New starter project templates now make it easier to get going with new projects.  SEO enhancements make it easier to drive traffic to your public facing sites.  And web.config files are now clean and simple. ASP.NET MVC 2 is now built-into VS 2010 and ASP.NET 4, and provides a great way to build web sites and applications using a model-view-controller based pattern. ASP.NET MVC 2 adds features to easily enable client and server validation logic, provides new strongly-typed HTML and UI-scaffolding helper methods.  It also enables more modular/reusable applications.  The new <%: %> syntax in ASP.NET makes it easier to HTML encode output.  Visual Studio 2010 also now includes better tooling support for unit testing and TDD.  In particular, “Consume first intellisense” and “generate from usage" support within VS 2010 make it easier to write your unit tests first, and then drive your implementation from them. Deploying ASP.NET applications gets a lot easier with this release. You can now publish your Websites and applications to a staging or production server from within Visual Studio itself. Visual Studio 2010 makes it easy to transfer all your files, code, configuration, database schema and data in one complete package. VS 2010 also makes it easy to manage separate web.config configuration files settings depending upon whether you are in debug, release, staging or production modes. WPF 4 and Silverlight 4 WPF 4 includes a ton of new improvements and capabilities including more built-in controls, richer graphics features (cached composition, pixel shader 3 support, layoutrounding, and animation easing functions), a much improved text stack (with crisper text rendering, custom dictionary support, and selection and caret brush options).  WPF 4 also includes a bunch of support to enable you to take advantage of new Windows 7 features – including multi-touch and Windows 7 shell integration. Silverlight 4 will launch this week as well.  You can watch my Silverlight 4 launch keynote streamed live Tuesday (April 13th) at 8am Pacific Time.  Silverlight 4 includes a ton of new capabilities – including a bunch for making it possible to build great business applications and out of the browser applications.  I’ll be doing a separate blog post later this week (once it is live on the web) that talks more about its capabilities. Visual Studio 2010 now includes great tooling support for both WPF and Silverlight.  The new VS 2010 WPF and Silverlight designer makes it much easier to build client applications as well as build great line of business solutions, as well as integrate and bind with data.  Tooling support for Silverlight 4 with the final release of Visual Studio 2010 will be available when Silverlight 4 releases to the web this week. SharePoint and Azure Visual Studio 2010 now includes built-in support for building SharePoint applications.  You can now create, edit, build, and debug SharePoint applications directly within Visual Studio 2010.  You can also now use SharePoint with TFS 2010. Support for creating Azure-hosted applications is also now included with VS 2010 – allowing you to build ASP.NET and WCF based applications and host them within the cloud. Data Access Data access has a lot of improvements coming to it with .NET 4.  Entity Framework 4 includes a ton of new features and capabilities – including support for model first and POCO development, default support for lazy loading, built-in support for pluralization/singularization of table/property names within the VS 2010 designer, full support for all the LINQ operators, the ability to optionally expose foreign keys on model objects (useful for some stateless web scenarios), disconnected API support to better handle N-Tier and stateless web scenarios, and T4 template customization support within VS 2010 to allow you to customize and automate how code is generated for you by the data designer.  In addition to improvements with the Entity Framework, LINQ to SQL with .NET 4 also includes a bunch of nice improvements.  WCF and Workflow WCF includes a bunch of great new capabilities – including better REST, activation and configuration support.  WCF Data Services (formerly known as Astoria) and WCF RIA Services also now enable you to easily expose and work with data from remote clients. Windows Workflow is now much faster, includes flowchart services, and now makes it easier to make custom services than before.  More details can be found here. CLR and Core .NET Library Improvements .NET 4 includes the new CLR 4 engine – which includes a lot of nice performance and feature improvements.  CLR 4 engine now runs side-by-side in-process with older versions of the CLR – allowing you to use two different versions of .NET within the same process.  It also includes improved COM interop support.  The .NET 4 base class libraries (BCL) include a bunch of nice additions and refinements.  In particular, the .NET 4 BCL now includes new parallel programming support that makes it much easier to build applications that take advantage of multiple CPUs and cores on a computer.  This work dove-tails nicely with the new VS 2010 parallel debugger (making it much easier to debug parallel applications), as well as the new F# functional language support now included in the VS 2010 IDE.  .NET 4 also now also has the Dynamic Language Runtime (DLR) library built-in – which makes it easier to use dynamic language functionality with .NET.  MEF – a really cool library that enables rich extensibility – is also now built-into .NET 4 and included as part of the base class libraries.  .NET 4 Client Profile The download size of the .NET 4 redist is now much smaller than it was before (the x86 full .NET 4 package is about 36MB).  We also now have a .NET 4 Client Profile package which is a pure sub-set of the full .NET that can be used to streamline client application installs. C++ VS 2010 includes a bunch of great improvements for C++ development.  This includes better C++ Intellisense support, MSBuild support for projects, improved parallel debugging and profiler support, MFC improvements, and a number of language features and compiler optimizations. My VS 2010 and .NET 4 Blog Series I’ve been cranking away on a blog series the last few months that highlights many of the new VS 2010 and .NET 4 improvements.  The good news is that I have about 20 in-depth posts already written.  The bad news (for me) is that I have about 200 more to go until I’m done!  I’m going to try and keep adding a few more each week over the next few months to discuss the new improvements and how best to take advantage of them. Below is a list of the already written ones that you can check out today: Clean Web.Config Files Starter Project Templates Multi-targeting Multiple Monitor Support New Code Focused Web Profile Option HTML / ASP.NET / JavaScript Code Snippets Auto-Start ASP.NET Applications URL Routing with ASP.NET 4 Web Forms Searching and Navigating Code in VS 2010 VS 2010 Code Intellisense Improvements WPF 4 Add Reference Dialog Improvements SEO Improvements with ASP.NET 4 Output Cache Extensibility with ASP.NET 4 Built-in Charting Controls for ASP.NET and Windows Forms Cleaner HTML Markup with ASP.NET 4 - Client IDs Optional Parameters and Named Arguments in C# 4 - and a cool scenarios with ASP.NET MVC 2 Automatic Properties, Collection Initializers and Implicit Line Continuation Support with VB 2010 New <%: %> Syntax for HTML Encoding Output using ASP.NET 4 JavaScript Intellisense Improvements with VS 2010 Stay tuned to my blog as I post more.  Also check out this page which links to a bunch of great articles and videos done by others. VS 2010 Installation Notes If you have installed a previous version of VS 2010 on your machine (either the beta or the RC) you must first uninstall it before installing the final VS 2010 release.  I also recommend uninstalling .NET 4 betas (including both the client and full .NET 4 installs) as well as the other installs that come with VS 2010 (e.g. ASP.NET MVC 2 preview builds, etc).  The uninstalls of the betas/RCs will clean up all the old state on your machine – after which you can install the final VS 2010 version and should have everything just work (this is what I’ve done on all of my machines and I haven’t had any problems). The VS 2010 and .NET 4 installs add a bunch of new managed assemblies to your machine.  Some of these will be “NGEN’d” to native code during the actual install process (making them run fast).  To avoid adding too much time to VS setup, though, we don’t NGEN all assemblies immediately – and instead will NGEN the rest in the background when your machine is idle.  Until it finishes NGENing the assemblies they will be JIT’d to native code the first time they are used in a process – which for large assemblies can sometimes cause a slight performance hit. If you run into this you can manually force all assemblies to be NGEN’d to native code immediately (and not just wait till the machine is idle) by launching the Visual Studio command line prompt from the Windows Start Menu (Microsoft Visual Studio 2010->Visual Studio Tools->Visual Studio Command Prompt).  Within the command prompt type “Ngen executequeueditems” – this will cause everything to be NGEN’d immediately. How to Buy Visual Studio 2010 You can can download and use the free Visual Studio express editions of Visual Web Developer 2010, Visual Basic 2010, Visual C# 2010 and Visual C++.  These express editions are available completely for free (and never time out). You can buy a new copy of VS 2010 Professional that includes a 1 year subscription to MSDN Essentials for $799.  MSDN Essentials includes a developer license of Windows 7 Ultimate, Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise, SQL Server 2008 DataCenter R2, and 20 hours of Azure hosting time.  Subscribers also have access to MSDN’s Online Concierge, and Priority Support in MSDN Forums. Upgrade prices from previous releases of Visual Studio are also available.  Existing Visual Studio 2005/2008 Standard customers can upgrade to Visual Studio 2010 Professional for a special $299 retail price until October.  You can take advantage of this VS Standard->Professional upgrade promotion here. Web developers who build applications for others, and who are either independent developers or who work for companies with less than 10 employees, can also optionally take advantage of the Microsoft WebSiteSpark program.  This program gives you three copies of Visual Studio 2010 Professional, 1 copy of Expression Studio, and 4 CPU licenses of both Windows 2008 R2 Web Server and SQL 2008 Web Edition that you can use to both develop and deploy applications with at no cost for 3 years.  At the end of the 3 years there is no obligation to buy anything.  You can sign-up for WebSiteSpark today in under 5 minutes – and immediately have access to the products to download. Summary Today’s release is a big one – and has a bunch of improvements for pretty much every developer.  Thank you everyone who provided feedback, suggestions and reported bugs throughout the development process – we couldn’t have delivered it without you.  Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • IIS 7 Authentication: Certain users can't authenticate, while almost all others can.

    - by user35335
    I'm using IIS 7 Digest authentication to control access to a certain directory containing files. Users access the files through a department website from inside our network and outside. I've set NTFS permissions on the directory to allow a certain AD group to view the files. When I click a link to one of those files on the website I get prompted for a username and password. With most users everything works fine, but with a few of them it prompts for a password 3 times and then get: 401 - Unauthorized: Access is denied due to invalid credentials. But other users that are in the group can get in without a problem. If I switch it over to Windows Authentication, then the trouble users can log in fine. That directory is also shared, and users that can't log in through the website are able to browse to the share and view files in it, so I know that the permissions are ok. Here's the portion of the IIS log where I tried to download the file (/assets/files/secure/WWGNL.pdf): 2010-02-19 19:47:20 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /assets/images/bullet.gif - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 200 0 0 218 2010-02-19 19:47:20 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /assets/images/bgOFF.gif - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 200 0 0 218 2010-02-19 19:47:21 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /assets/files/secure/WWGNL.pdf - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 401 2 5 0 2010-02-19 19:47:36 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /assets/files/secure/WWGNL.pdf - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 401 1 2148074252 0 2010-02-19 19:47:43 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /assets/files/secure/WWGNL.pdf - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 401 1 2148074252 15 2010-02-19 19:47:46 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /manager/media/script/_session.gif 0.19665693119168282 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 200 0 0 203 2010-02-19 19:47:46 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx POST /manager/index.php - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 200 0 0 296 2010-02-19 19:47:56 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /assets/files/secure/WWGNL.pdf - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 401 1 2148074252 15 2010-02-19 19:47:59 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx GET /favicon.ico - 80 - 10.5.16.138 Mozilla/5.0+(Windows;+U;+Windows+NT+6.1;+en-US)+AppleWebKit/532.5+(KHTML,+like+Gecko)+Chrome/4.0.249.89+Safari/532.5 404 0 2 0 Here's the Failed Logon attempt in the Security Log: Log Name: Security Source: Microsoft-Windows-Security-Auditing Date: 2/19/2010 11:47:43 AM Event ID: 4625 Task Category: Logon Level: Information Keywords: Audit Failure User: N/A Computer: WEB4.net.domain.org Description: An account failed to log on. Subject: Security ID: NULL SID Account Name: - Account Domain: - Logon ID: 0x0 Logon Type: 3 Account For Which Logon Failed: Security ID: NULL SID Account Name: jim.lastname Account Domain: net.domain.org Failure Information: Failure Reason: Unknown user name or bad password. Status: 0xc000006d Sub Status: 0xc000006a Process Information: Caller Process ID: 0x0 Caller Process Name: - Network Information: Workstation Name: - Source Network Address: 10.5.16.138 Source Port: 50065 Detailed Authentication Information: Logon Process: WDIGEST Authentication Package: WDigest Transited Services: - Package Name (NTLM only): - Key Length: 0 This event is generated when a logon request fails. It is generated on the computer where access was attempted. The Subject fields indicate the account on the local system which requested the logon. This is most commonly a service such as the Server service, or a local process such as Winlogon.exe or Services.exe. The Logon Type field indicates the kind of logon that was requested. The most common types are 2 (interactive) and 3 (network). The Process Information fields indicate which account and process on the system requested the logon. The Network Information fields indicate where a remote logon request originated. Workstation name is not always available and may be left blank in some cases. The authentication information fields provide detailed information about this specific logon request. - Transited services indicate which intermediate services have participated in this logon request. - Package name indicates which sub-protocol was used among the NTLM protocols. - Key length indicates the length of the generated session key. This will be 0 if no session key was requested. Event Xml: <Event xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/win/2004/08/events/event"> <System> <Provider Name="Microsoft-Windows-Security-Auditing" Guid="{54849625-5478-4994-a5ba-3e3b0328c30d}" /> <EventID>4625</EventID> <Version>0</Version> <Level>0</Level> <Task>12544</Task> <Opcode>0</Opcode> <Keywords>0x8010000000000000</Keywords> <TimeCreated SystemTime="2010-02-19T19:47:43.890Z" /> <EventRecordID>2276316</EventRecordID> <Correlation /> <Execution ProcessID="612" ThreadID="692" /> <Channel>Security</Channel> <Computer>WEB4.net.domain.org</Computer> <Security /> </System> <EventData> <Data Name="SubjectUserSid">S-1-0-0</Data> <Data Name="SubjectUserName">-</Data> <Data Name="SubjectDomainName">-</Data> <Data Name="SubjectLogonId">0x0</Data> <Data Name="TargetUserSid">S-1-0-0</Data> <Data Name="TargetUserName">jim.lastname</Data> <Data Name="TargetDomainName">net.domain.org</Data> <Data Name="Status">0xc000006d</Data> <Data Name="FailureReason">%%2313</Data> <Data Name="SubStatus">0xc000006a</Data> <Data Name="LogonType">3</Data> <Data Name="LogonProcessName">WDIGEST</Data> <Data Name="AuthenticationPackageName">WDigest</Data> <Data Name="WorkstationName">-</Data> <Data Name="TransmittedServices">-</Data> <Data Name="LmPackageName">-</Data> <Data Name="KeyLength">0</Data> <Data Name="ProcessId">0x0</Data> <Data Name="ProcessName">-</Data> <Data Name="IpAddress">10.5.16.138</Data> <Data Name="IpPort">50065</Data> </EventData> </Event>

    Read the article

  • nagios NRPE: Unable to read output

    - by user555854
    I currently set up a script to restart my http servers + php5 fpm but can't get it to work. I have googled and have found that mostly permissions are the problems of my error but can't figure it out. I start my script using /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_nrpe -H bart -c restart_http This is the output in my syslog on the node I want to restart Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Connection from 192.168.133.17 port 25028 Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Host address is in allowed_hosts Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Handling the connection... Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Host is asking for command 'restart_http' to be run... Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Running command: /usr/bin/sudo /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/http-restart Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Command completed with return code 1 and output: Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Return Code: 1, Output: NRPE: Unable to read output Jun 27 06:29:35 bart nrpe[8926]: Connection from 192.168.133.17 closed. If I run the command myself it runs fine (but asks for a password) (nagios user) This are the script permission and the script contents. -rwxrwxrwx 1 nagios nagios 142 Jun 26 21:41 /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/http-restart #!/bin/bash echo "ok" /etc/init.d/nginx stop /etc/init.d/nginx start /etc/init.d/php5-fpm stop /etc/init.d/php5-fpm start echo "done" I also added this line to visudo nagios ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/ My local nagios nrpe.cfg ############################################################################# # Sample NRPE Config File # Written by: Ethan Galstad ([email protected]) # # # NOTES: # This is a sample configuration file for the NRPE daemon. It needs to be # located on the remote host that is running the NRPE daemon, not the host # from which the check_nrpe client is being executed. ############################################################################# # LOG FACILITY # The syslog facility that should be used for logging purposes. log_facility=daemon # PID FILE # The name of the file in which the NRPE daemon should write it's process ID # number. The file is only written if the NRPE daemon is started by the root # user and is running in standalone mode. pid_file=/var/run/nagios/nrpe.pid # PORT NUMBER # Port number we should wait for connections on. # NOTE: This must be a non-priviledged port (i.e. > 1024). # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd server_port=5666 # SERVER ADDRESS # Address that nrpe should bind to in case there are more than one interface # and you do not want nrpe to bind on all interfaces. # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd #server_address=127.0.0.1 # NRPE USER # This determines the effective user that the NRPE daemon should run as. # You can either supply a username or a UID. # # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd nrpe_user=nagios # NRPE GROUP # This determines the effective group that the NRPE daemon should run as. # You can either supply a group name or a GID. # # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd nrpe_group=nagios # ALLOWED HOST ADDRESSES # This is an optional comma-delimited list of IP address or hostnames # that are allowed to talk to the NRPE daemon. # # Note: The daemon only does rudimentary checking of the client's IP # address. I would highly recommend adding entries in your /etc/hosts.allow # file to allow only the specified host to connect to the port # you are running this daemon on. # # NOTE: This option is ignored if NRPE is running under either inetd or xinetd allowed_hosts=127.0.0.1,192.168.133.17 # COMMAND ARGUMENT PROCESSING # This option determines whether or not the NRPE daemon will allow clients # to specify arguments to commands that are executed. This option only works # if the daemon was configured with the --enable-command-args configure script # option. # # *** ENABLING THIS OPTION IS A SECURITY RISK! *** # Read the SECURITY file for information on some of the security implications # of enabling this variable. # # Values: 0=do not allow arguments, 1=allow command arguments dont_blame_nrpe=0 # COMMAND PREFIX # This option allows you to prefix all commands with a user-defined string. # A space is automatically added between the specified prefix string and the # command line from the command definition. # # *** THIS EXAMPLE MAY POSE A POTENTIAL SECURITY RISK, SO USE WITH CAUTION! *** # Usage scenario: # Execute restricted commmands using sudo. For this to work, you need to add # the nagios user to your /etc/sudoers. An example entry for alllowing # execution of the plugins from might be: # # nagios ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/ # # This lets the nagios user run all commands in that directory (and only them) # without asking for a password. If you do this, make sure you don't give # random users write access to that directory or its contents! command_prefix=/usr/bin/sudo # DEBUGGING OPTION # This option determines whether or not debugging messages are logged to the # syslog facility. # Values: 0=debugging off, 1=debugging on debug=1 # COMMAND TIMEOUT # This specifies the maximum number of seconds that the NRPE daemon will # allow plugins to finish executing before killing them off. command_timeout=60 # CONNECTION TIMEOUT # This specifies the maximum number of seconds that the NRPE daemon will # wait for a connection to be established before exiting. This is sometimes # seen where a network problem stops the SSL being established even though # all network sessions are connected. This causes the nrpe daemons to # accumulate, eating system resources. Do not set this too low. connection_timeout=300 # WEEK RANDOM SEED OPTION # This directive allows you to use SSL even if your system does not have # a /dev/random or /dev/urandom (on purpose or because the necessary patches # were not applied). The random number generator will be seeded from a file # which is either a file pointed to by the environment valiable $RANDFILE # or $HOME/.rnd. If neither exists, the pseudo random number generator will # be initialized and a warning will be issued. # Values: 0=only seed from /dev/[u]random, 1=also seed from weak randomness #allow_weak_random_seed=1 # INCLUDE CONFIG FILE # This directive allows you to include definitions from an external config file. #include=<somefile.cfg> # INCLUDE CONFIG DIRECTORY # This directive allows you to include definitions from config files (with a # .cfg extension) in one or more directories (with recursion). #include_dir=<somedirectory> #include_dir=<someotherdirectory> # COMMAND DEFINITIONS # Command definitions that this daemon will run. Definitions # are in the following format: # # command[<command_name>]=<command_line> # # When the daemon receives a request to return the results of <command_name> # it will execute the command specified by the <command_line> argument. # # Unlike Nagios, the command line cannot contain macros - it must be # typed exactly as it should be executed. # # Note: Any plugins that are used in the command lines must reside # on the machine that this daemon is running on! The examples below # assume that you have plugins installed in a /usr/local/nagios/libexec # directory. Also note that you will have to modify the definitions below # to match the argument format the plugins expect. Remember, these are # examples only! # The following examples use hardcoded command arguments... command[check_users]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_users -w 5 -c 10 command[check_load]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_load -w 15,10,5 -c 30,25,20 command[check_hda1]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w 20% -c 10% -p /dev/hda1 command[check_zombie_procs]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_procs -w 5 -c 10 -s Z command[check_total_procs]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_procs -w 150 -c 200 # The following examples allow user-supplied arguments and can # only be used if the NRPE daemon was compiled with support for # command arguments *AND* the dont_blame_nrpe directive in this # config file is set to '1'. This poses a potential security risk, so # make sure you read the SECURITY file before doing this. #command[check_users]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_users -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ #command[check_load]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_load -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ #command[check_disk]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_disk -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ -p $ARG3$ #command[check_procs]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/check_procs -w $ARG1$ -c $ARG2$ -s $ARG3$ command[restart_http]=/usr/lib/nagios/plugins/http-restart # # local configuration: # if you'd prefer, you can instead place directives here include=/etc/nagios/nrpe_local.cfg # # you can place your config snipplets into nrpe.d/ include_dir=/etc/nagios/nrpe.d/ My Sudoers files # /etc/sudoers # # This file MUST be edited with the 'visudo' command as root. # # See the man page for details on how to write a sudoers file. # Defaults env_reset # Host alias specification # User alias specification # Cmnd alias specification # User privilege specification root ALL=(ALL) ALL nagios ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: /usr/lib/nagios/plugins/ # Allow members of group sudo to execute any command # (Note that later entries override this, so you might need to move # it further down) %sudo ALL=(ALL) ALL # #includedir /etc/sudoers.d Hopefully someone can help!

    Read the article

  • External USB drive is failing

    - by dma_k
    I have an external USB 2.0 drive WD My Book Mirror Edition, running in RAID 1 (mirroring) mode. A while ago the hard drive started to fail: it stops responding (directories are not listed returning an error after a big timeout). Sometimes it works for weeks before a failure, sometimes – few hours. Small write operations (like removing few files or editing a small file) do not harm, but when copying large files to the drive over the network, or creating the archive locally, the kernel dumps. Also interesting to note that once kernel has failed, Linux does not want to reboot normally (reboot hangs); when Linux box is shutdown with power button, WD drive does not go to sleep mode (as it usually does): leds continue to run, pressing and holding the "shutdown" button on drive's back panel does not do anything; only unplugging the power cord helps. Here goes the boot log: Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.514106] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.657738] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.673747] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.673751] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: EHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.725224] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.741647] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: using broken periodic workaround Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.761790] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: cache line size of 32 is not supported Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.761873] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: irq 23, io mem 0xfdfff000 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.796043] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 1.00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.879069] usb usb1: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0002 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.895446] usb usb1: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.911796] usb usb1: Product: EHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.928015] usb usb1: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 ehci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.944331] usb usb1: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.7 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.961285] usb usb1: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 1.994412] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.010864] hub 1-0:1.0: 8 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.085939] uhci_hcd: USB Universal Host Controller Interface driver Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.191945] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.226029] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.226034] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.243237] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.260390] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: irq 23, io base 0x0000fe00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.277517] usb usb2: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.294815] usb usb2: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.312173] usb usb2: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.329534] usb usb2: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.346828] usb usb2: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.412989] usb usb2: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.430651] usb 1-2: new high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.449046] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.466514] hub 2-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.484639] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.537750] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.537756] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.555085] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.572231] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: irq 19, io base 0x0000fd00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.589593] usb usb3: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.606869] usb usb3: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.624134] usb usb3: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.641329] usb usb3: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.658505] usb usb3: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.675843] usb usb3: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.692864] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.709651] hub 3-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.727378] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.768252] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.768258] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.806679] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.824117] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: irq 18, io base 0x0000fc00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.841405] usb 1-2: New USB device found, idVendor=1058, idProduct=1104 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.858448] usb 1-2: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.875347] usb 1-2: Product: My Book Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.892113] usb 1-2: Manufacturer: Western Digital Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.908915] usb 1-2: SerialNumber: 575532553130303530353538 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.943242] usb usb4: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.960405] usb usb4: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.977615] usb usb4: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 2.994687] usb usb4: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.011711] usb usb4: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.029589] usb usb4: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.082027] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.103953] usb 1-2: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.122625] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.140484] hub 4-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.161680] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: PCI INT D -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.181257] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: setting latency timer to 64 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.181263] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.198614] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 5 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.216012] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.3: irq 16, io base 0x0000fb00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.249877] Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.267765] usb usb5: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0001 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.284947] usb usb5: New USB device strings: Mfr=3, Product=2, SerialNumber=1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.302023] usb usb5: Product: UHCI Host Controller Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.319215] usb usb5: Manufacturer: Linux 2.6.32-5-686 uhci_hcd Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.336298] usb usb5: SerialNumber: 0000:00:1d.3 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.368377] Initializing USB Mass Storage driver... Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.390652] usbcore: registered new interface driver hiddev Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.408109] scsi4 : SCSI emulation for USB Mass Storage devices Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.425281] sr 0:0:1:0: Attached scsi CD-ROM sr0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.438978] sr 0:0:1:0: Attached scsi generic sg0 type 5 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.456328] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.474564] usb-storage: device found at 2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.474567] usb-storage: waiting for device to settle before scanning Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.475320] sd 2:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg1 type 0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.492587] USB Mass Storage support registered. Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.510930] usb usb5: configuration #1 chosen from 1 choice Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.531076] hub 5-0:1.0: USB hub found Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.548399] hub 5-0:1.0: 2 ports detected Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.591743] input: Western Digital My Book as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.7/usb1/1-2/1-2:1.1/input/input2 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.609515] generic-usb 0003:1058:1104.0001: input,hidraw0: USB HID v1.11 Device [Western Digital My Book] on usb-0000:00:1d.7-2/input1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 3.627466] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbhid Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.581664] usb-storage: device scan complete Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.624270] scsi 4:0:0:0: Direct-Access WD My Book 1008 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.655135] scsi 4:0:0:1: Enclosure WD My Book Device 1008 PQ: 0 ANSI: 4 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.675393] sd 4:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg2 type 0 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.698669] scsi 4:0:0:1: Attached scsi generic sg3 type 13 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.723370] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] 1953513472 512-byte logical blocks: (1.00 TB/931 GiB) Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.750477] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Write Protect is off Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.769411] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Mode Sense: 10 00 00 00 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.769414] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.822971] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.841978] sdb: sdb1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.905580] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Assuming drive cache: write through Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 8.924173] sd 4:0:0:0: [sdb] Attached SCSI disk Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 11.600492] XFS mounting filesystem sdb1 Aug 16 00:32:21 kernel: [ 12.222948] Ending clean XFS mount for filesystem: sdb1 After a while the following appears in a log: Aug 16 09:30:56 kernel: [32359.112029] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 09:31:59 kernel: [32422.112035] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 Aug 16 09:33:00 kernel: [32483.112029] usb 1-2: reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2 And then it is followed by few kernel dumps, which I think, are not good: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.428027] INFO: task xfssyncd:1002 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.462689] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.497422] xfssyncd D c3d84a60 0 1002 2 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.532117] f6c9aa80 00000046 c1132742 c3d84a60 00000286 c1418100 c1418100 00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.566867] f6c9ac3c c2808100 00000000 f653b18b 00001d76 00000001 f6c9aa80 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.601343] 08e59242 f6c9ac3c 2e41392b 00000000 08e59242 00000000 c3f7fb48 0067385a Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.635533] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.668991] [<c1132742>] ? cfq_set_request+0x0/0x290 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.702804] [<c126b532>] ? io_schedule+0x5f/0x98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.736555] [<c1128be0>] ? get_request_wait+0xcb/0x146 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.770360] [<c10437ba>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.804110] [<c112907c>] ? __make_request+0x2cc/0x3d9 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.837713] [<c1128230>] ? blk_peek_request+0x135/0x143 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.871265] [<f8582987>] ? scsi_dispatch_cmd+0x185/0x1e5 [scsi_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.904407] [<c1127cf1>] ? generic_make_request+0x266/0x2b4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.937007] [<c10cf821>] ? bvec_alloc_bs+0x95/0xaf Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32520.969033] [<c1127dfb>] ? submit_bio+0xbc/0xd6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.000485] [<c10cffd1>] ? bio_add_page+0x28/0x2e Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.031403] [<f8918d38>] ? _xfs_buf_ioapply+0x206/0x22b [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.061888] [<f89197bd>] ? xfs_buf_iorequest+0x38/0x60 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.091845] [<f8907230>] ? xlog_bdstrat_cb+0x16/0x3d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.121222] [<f8905781>] ? XFS_bwrite+0x32/0x64 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.150007] [<f89059be>] ? xlog_sync+0x20b/0x311 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.178214] [<f89112fc>] ? xfs_trans_ail_tail+0x12/0x27 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.205914] [<f8906261>] ? xlog_state_sync_all+0xa2/0x141 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.233074] [<f8906611>] ? _xfs_log_force+0x51/0x68 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.259664] [<c103abaf>] ? process_timeout+0x0/0x5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.285662] [<f8906636>] ? xfs_log_force+0xe/0x27 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.311171] [<f89202df>] ? xfs_sync_worker+0x17/0x5c [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.336117] [<f891fbb7>] ? xfssyncd+0x134/0x17d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.360498] [<f891fa83>] ? xfssyncd+0x0/0x17d [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.384211] [<c1043588>] ? kthread+0x61/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.407890] [<c1043527>] ? kthread+0x0/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.430876] [<c1003d47>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.453394] INFO: task flush-8:16:12945 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.476116] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.498579] flush-8:16 D 00000000 0 12945 2 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.520649] f4e4d540 00000046 e412e940 00000000 00000002 c1418100 c1418100 c14136ac Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.542426] f4e4d6fc c2808100 00000000 00000000 000008b4 00000001 f4e4d540 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.563745] 02e905a8 f4e4d6fc 007a5399 00000000 02e905a8 00000000 f4e2db48 00670b98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.585077] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.605790] [<c126b532>] ? io_schedule+0x5f/0x98 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.626184] [<c1128be0>] ? get_request_wait+0xcb/0x146 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.646133] [<c10437ba>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.665659] [<c112907c>] ? __make_request+0x2cc/0x3d9 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.684716] [<f891796e>] ? xfs_convert_page+0x30a/0x331 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.703366] [<c1127cf1>] ? generic_make_request+0x266/0x2b4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.721644] [<c10cf821>] ? bvec_alloc_bs+0x95/0xaf Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.739465] [<c1127dfb>] ? submit_bio+0xbc/0xd6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.756896] [<c10cfa45>] ? bio_alloc_bioset+0x7b/0xba Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.774046] [<f8917af0>] ? xfs_submit_ioend_bio+0x3b/0x44 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.790694] [<f8917ba3>] ? xfs_submit_ioend+0xaa/0xc4 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.806736] [<f891817d>] ? xfs_page_state_convert+0x5c0/0x61c [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.822859] [<c113705b>] ? __lookup_tag+0x8e/0xee Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.838958] [<f891840d>] ? xfs_vm_writepage+0x91/0xc4 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.855039] [<c108bbcc>] ? __writepage+0x8/0x22 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.871067] [<c108c17b>] ? write_cache_pages+0x1af/0x29f Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.886616] [<c108bbc4>] ? __writepage+0x0/0x22 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.901593] [<c108c285>] ? generic_writepages+0x1a/0x21 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.916455] [<f8918338>] ? xfs_vm_writepages+0x0/0x38 [xfs] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.931484] [<c108c2a5>] ? do_writepages+0x19/0x25 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.946648] [<c10c80d9>] ? writeback_single_inode+0xc7/0x273 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.961675] [<c10c8c44>] ? writeback_inodes_wb+0x3dd/0x49c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.976831] [<c10c8e18>] ? wb_writeback+0x115/0x178 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32521.991778] [<c10c901f>] ? wb_do_writeback+0x121/0x131 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.006538] [<c103abaf>] ? process_timeout+0x0/0x5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.021091] [<c10c9050>] ? bdi_writeback_task+0x21/0x89 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.035493] [<c10979e5>] ? bdi_start_fn+0x59/0xa4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.049765] [<c109798c>] ? bdi_start_fn+0x0/0xa4 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.063792] [<c1043588>] ? kthread+0x61/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.077612] [<c1043527>] ? kthread+0x0/0x66 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.091260] [<c1003d47>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x10 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.104966] INFO: task smartctl:13098 blocked for more than 120 seconds. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.118883] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.133012] smartctl D 00000020 0 13098 13097 0x00000000 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.147221] e50b9540 00000086 c11d28a8 00000020 00000770 c1418100 c1418100 c14136ac Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.161720] e50b96fc c2808100 00000000 e53e8800 00000000 00000020 c3cec000 c13886c0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.176217] f99dab68 e50b96fc 007a4f1e 00000001 c4082f24 c4082ed8 00000001 c3c3f0e0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.190737] Call Trace: Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.205038] [<c11d28a8>] ? __netdev_alloc_skb+0x14/0x2d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.219605] [<c126b799>] ? schedule_timeout+0x20/0xb0 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.234144] [<c112820d>] ? blk_peek_request+0x112/0x143 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.248649] [<f85873b6>] ? scsi_request_fn+0x3c1/0x47a [scsi_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.263233] [<c103aba8>] ? del_timer+0x55/0x5c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.277773] [<c126b6a2>] ? wait_for_common+0xa4/0x100 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.292342] [<c102cd8d>] ? default_wake_function+0x0/0x8 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.306958] [<c112b3d1>] ? blk_execute_rq+0x8b/0xb2 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.321569] [<c112b2ac>] ? blk_end_sync_rq+0x0/0x23 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.336070] [<c112b58b>] ? blk_recount_segments+0x13/0x20 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.350583] [<c1127307>] ? blk_rq_bio_prep+0x44/0x74 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.365059] [<c112b0b2>] ? blk_rq_map_kern+0xc5/0xee Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.379439] [<c112e2a5>] ? sg_scsi_ioctl+0x221/0x2aa Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.393801] [<c112e672>] ? scsi_cmd_ioctl+0x344/0x39a Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.408140] [<c1024c87>] ? update_curr+0x106/0x1b3 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.422566] [<c1024c87>] ? update_curr+0x106/0x1b3 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.436832] [<f87676aa>] ? sd_ioctl+0x90/0xb5 [sd_mod] Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.451228] [<c112c35f>] ? __blkdev_driver_ioctl+0x53/0x63 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.465689] [<c112cbbf>] ? blkdev_ioctl+0x850/0x891 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.479982] [<c1020474>] ? __wake_up_common+0x34/0x59 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.494138] [<c10244cd>] ? complete+0x28/0x36 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.507986] [<c1086c64>] ? find_get_page+0x1f/0x81 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.521671] [<c10abed5>] ? add_partial+0xe/0x40 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.535285] [<c1086e68>] ? lock_page+0x8/0x1d Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.548797] [<c1087432>] ? filemap_fault+0xb5/0x2e6 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.562141] [<c109941c>] ? __do_fault+0x381/0x3b1 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.575441] [<c10d0c30>] ? block_ioctl+0x27/0x2c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.588708] [<c10d0c09>] ? block_ioctl+0x0/0x2c Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.601858] [<c10bcd78>] ? vfs_ioctl+0x1c/0x5f Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.614917] [<c10bd30c>] ? do_vfs_ioctl+0x4aa/0x4e5 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.627961] [<c10350db>] ? __do_softirq+0x115/0x151 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.640901] [<c126e270>] ? do_page_fault+0x2f1/0x307 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.653803] [<c10bd388>] ? sys_ioctl+0x41/0x58 Aug 16 09:33:40 kernel: [32522.666674] [<c10030fb>] ? sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 Then again few messages reset high speed USB device using ehci_hcd and address 2. I have browsed and read similar error reports here and there and I tried: I have upgraded the kernel from v2.6.26-2 to 2.6.32-5, which has not solved the problem. They say, this might a cable problem. I have tried to replace the USB-to-miniUSB cable (that connects external drive with computer) with another one. No changes. Somebody suggests to try another USB port. I have only 4 external USB ports, tried another one with no success. They say to try uhci_hcd. I have unmounted the device, unloaded ehci_hcd and mounted again. The difference was that now in log I get reset full speed USB device using uhci_hcd and address 2 and similar kernel dumps after a while. They say to echo 128 > /sys/block/sdb/device/max_sectors. I tried it with ehci_hcd with no success (note: I have issued this command after the drive was mounted but before using it actively). I have lauched smartmond and checking periodically the output of smartctl: drive temperature is OK, number of bad sectors and uncorrectable errors is 0. Nothing suspicious is reported by S.M.A.R.T. except maybe the following: Aug 16 12:40:12 kernel: [43715.314566] program smartctl is using a deprecated SCSI ioctl, please convert it to SG_IO Aug 16 12:40:13 kernel: [43715.705622] program smartctl is using a deprecated SCSI ioctl, please convert it to SG_IO Of course, I have not tried all combinations of above. But unfortunately, I am run out of cardinal ideas. If anybody can advice something specific about the problem, you are very welcome.

    Read the article

  • SCCM 2012 unable to update boot images with pxe enabled

    - by Adam
    we are fighting an error in sccm 2012. When we attempt to distribute boot images (after selecting the pxe option) we receive an error that the pxe image cannot be expanded (distmgr log). Can you give us any direction on what to try or attempt in this scenario? We only have one dp in our environment at the moment, however we have found that by creating another dp on a different server we don’t have this problem. However we really need the primary site to be a dp. We have tried: Removing and reinstalling the dp Removing and reinstalling the WDS Reinstalled the OS ... ouch Reinstalled SQL We even attempted to manually mount these wims in the remote install folder, no luck... And we have been working on this for days... Any and all help is appreciated! Our log is below Thank you very much, Small Town IT guy Attempting to add or update a package on a distribution point. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) The distribution point is on the siteserver and the package is a content type package. There is nothing to be copied over. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) STATMSG: ID=2342 SEV=I LEV=M SOURCE="SMS Server" COMP="SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER" SYS=OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us SITE=IVC PID=3600 TID=6924 GMTDATE=Fri Jun 22 19:49:41.559 2012 ISTR0="Boot image (x86)" ISTR1="["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\" ISTR2="" ISTR3="" ISTR4="" ISTR5="" ISTR6="" ISTR7="" ISTR8="" ISTR9="" NUMATTRS=2 AID0=400 AVAL0="IVC00001" AID1=404 AVAL1="["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\" SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) The current user context will be used for connecting to ["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) No network connection is needed to ["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\ as this is the local machine. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Signature share exists on distribution point path \OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\SMSSIG$ SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Ignoring drive C:. File C:\NO_SMS_ON_DRIVE.SMS exists. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) user(NT AUTHORITY\SYSTEM) runing application(SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER) from machine (OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us) is submitting SDK changes from site(IVC) SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Share SMSPKGD$ exists on distribution point \OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\SMSPKGD$ SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Creating, reading and or updating Operations Management server role registry keys for a Distribution Point ... SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) user(NT AUTHORITY\SYSTEM) runing application(SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER) from machine (OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us) is submitting SDK changes from site(IVC) SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Creating, reading or updating IIS registry key for a distribution point. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISPortsList in the SCF is "80". SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISSSLPortsList in the SCF is "443". SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISWebSiteName in the SCF is "". SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISSSLState in the SCF is 224. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:41 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Virtual Directory SMS_DP_SMSPKG$ for the physical path F:\SCCMContentLib already exists. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) STATMSG: ID=2375 SEV=I LEV=M SOURCE="SMS Server" COMP="SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER" SYS=OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us SITE=IVC PID=3600 TID=6924 GMTDATE=Fri Jun 22 19:49:42.058 2012 ISTR0="["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\" ISTR1="" ISTR2="" ISTR3="" ISTR4="" ISTR5="" ISTR6="" ISTR7="" ISTR8="" ISTR9="" NUMATTRS=1 AID0=404 AVAL0="["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\" SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Creating, reading or updating IIS registry key for a distribution point. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISPortsList in the SCF is "80". SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISSSLPortsList in the SCF is "443". SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISWebSiteName in the SCF is "". SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) IISSSLState in the SCF is 224. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Virtual Directory SMS_DP_SMSSIG$ for the physical path D:\SMSSIG$ already exists. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) STATMSG: ID=2375 SEV=I LEV=M SOURCE="SMS Server" COMP="SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER" SYS=OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us SITE=IVC PID=3600 TID=6924 GMTDATE=Fri Jun 22 19:49:42.105 2012 ISTR0="["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\" ISTR1="" ISTR2="" ISTR3="" ISTR4="" ISTR5="" ISTR6="" ISTR7="" ISTR8="" ISTR9="" NUMATTRS=1 AID0=404 AVAL0="["Display=\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\"]MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\" SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) user(NT AUTHORITY\SYSTEM) runing application(SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER) from machine (OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us) is submitting SDK changes from site(IVC) SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) RDC:Successfully created package signature file from \?\F:\SMSPKGSIG\IVC00001.3 to \OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\SMSSIG$\IVC00001.3.tar SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Setting permissions on file MSWNET:["SMS_SITE=IVC"]\OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us\SMSSIG$\IVC00001.3.tar. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) ExpandPXEImage: IVC00001, 1024 SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) CContentDefinition::GetFileProperties failed; 0x80070003 SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) CContentDefinition::TotalFileSizes failed; 0x80070003 SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) ExpandPXEImage failed; 0x80070003 SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) Error occurred. Performing error cleanup prior to returning. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 6924 (0x1B0C) DP thread with array index 0 ended. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) DP thread with thread handle 00000000000013A4 and thread ID 6924 ended. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) Updating package info for package IVC00001 SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) Package IVC00001 does not have a preferred sender. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) The package and/or program properties for package IVC00001 have not changed, need to determine which site(s) need updated package info. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) StoredPkgVersion (3) of package IVC00001. StoredPkgVersion in database is 3. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) SourceVersion (3) of package IVC00001. SourceVersion in database is 3. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) STATMSG: ID=2302 SEV=E LEV=M SOURCE="SMS Server" COMP="SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER" SYS=OURSERVER.ourdomain.cc.ia.us SITE=IVC PID=3600 TID=4492 GMTDATE=Fri Jun 22 19:49:42.292 2012 ISTR0="Boot image (x86)" ISTR1="IVC00001" ISTR2="" ISTR3="" ISTR4="" ISTR5="" ISTR6="" ISTR7="" ISTR8="" ISTR9="" NUMATTRS=1 AID0=400 AVAL0="IVC00001" SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) Failed to process package IVC00001 after 0 retries, will retry 100 more times SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C) Exiting package processing thread. SMS_DISTRIBUTION_MANAGER 6/22/2012 2:49:42 PM 4492 (0x118C)

    Read the article

  • Windows Azure: Backup Services Release, Hyper-V Recovery Manager, VM Enhancements, Enhanced Enterprise Management Support

    - by ScottGu
    This morning we released a huge set of updates to Windows Azure.  These new capabilities include: Backup Services: General Availability of Windows Azure Backup Services Hyper-V Recovery Manager: Public preview of Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager Virtual Machines: Delete Attached Disks, Availability Set Warnings, SQL AlwaysOn Configuration Active Directory: Securely manage hundreds of SaaS applications Enterprise Management: Use Active Directory to Better Manage Windows Azure Windows Azure SDK 2.2: A massive update of our SDK + Visual Studio tooling support All of these improvements are now available to use immediately.  Below are more details about them. Backup Service: General Availability Release of Windows Azure Backup Today we are releasing Windows Azure Backup Service as a general availability service.  This release is now live in production, backed by an enterprise SLA, supported by Microsoft Support, and is ready to use for production scenarios. Windows Azure Backup is a cloud based backup solution for Windows Server which allows files and folders to be backed up and recovered from the cloud, and provides off-site protection against data loss. The service provides IT administrators and developers with the option to back up and protect critical data in an easily recoverable way from any location with no upfront hardware cost. Windows Azure Backup is built on the Windows Azure platform and uses Windows Azure blob storage for storing customer data. Windows Server uses the downloadable Windows Azure Backup Agent to transfer file and folder data securely and efficiently to the Windows Azure Backup Service. Along with providing cloud backup for Windows Server, Windows Azure Backup Service also provides capability to backup data from System Center Data Protection Manager and Windows Server Essentials, to the cloud. All data is encrypted onsite before it is sent to the cloud, and customers retain and manage the encryption key (meaning the data is stored entirely secured and can’t be decrypted by anyone but yourself). Getting Started To get started with the Windows Azure Backup Service, create a new Backup Vault within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Click New->Data Services->Recovery Services->Backup Vault to do this: Once the backup vault is created you’ll be presented with a simple tutorial that will help guide you on how to register your Windows Servers with it: Once the servers you want to backup are registered, you can use the appropriate local management interface (such as the Microsoft Management Console snap-in, System Center Data Protection Manager Console, or Windows Server Essentials Dashboard) to configure the scheduled backups and to optionally initiate recoveries. You can follow these tutorials to learn more about how to do this: Tutorial: Schedule Backups Using the Windows Azure Backup Agent This tutorial helps you with setting up a backup schedule for your registered Windows Servers. Additionally, it also explains how to use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to set up a custom backup schedule. Tutorial: Recover Files and Folders Using the Windows Azure Backup Agent This tutorial helps you with recovering data from a backup. Additionally, it also explains how to use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to do the same tasks. Below are some of the key benefits the Windows Azure Backup Service provides: Simple configuration and management. Windows Azure Backup Service integrates with the familiar Windows Server Backup utility in Windows Server, the Data Protection Manager component in System Center and Windows Server Essentials, in order to provide a seamless backup and recovery experience to a local disk, or to the cloud. Block level incremental backups. The Windows Azure Backup Agent performs incremental backups by tracking file and block level changes and only transferring the changed blocks, hence reducing the storage and bandwidth utilization. Different point-in-time versions of the backups use storage efficiently by only storing the changes blocks between these versions. Data compression, encryption and throttling. The Windows Azure Backup Agent ensures that data is compressed and encrypted on the server before being sent to the Windows Azure Backup Service over the network. As a result, the Windows Azure Backup Service only stores encrypted data in the cloud storage. The encryption key is not available to the Windows Azure Backup Service, and as a result the data is never decrypted in the service. Also, users can setup throttling and configure how the Windows Azure Backup service utilizes the network bandwidth when backing up or restoring information. Data integrity is verified in the cloud. In addition to the secure backups, the backed up data is also automatically checked for integrity once the backup is done. As a result, any corruptions which may arise due to data transfer can be easily identified and are fixed automatically. Configurable retention policies for storing data in the cloud. The Windows Azure Backup Service accepts and implements retention policies to recycle backups that exceed the desired retention range, thereby meeting business policies and managing backup costs. Hyper-V Recovery Manager: Now Available in Public Preview I’m excited to also announce the public preview of a new Windows Azure Service – the Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager (HRM). Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager helps protect your business critical services by coordinating the replication and recovery of System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 SP1 and System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2012 R2 private clouds at a secondary location. With automated protection, asynchronous ongoing replication, and orderly recovery, the Hyper-V Recovery Manager service can help you implement Disaster Recovery and restore important services accurately, consistently, and with minimal downtime. Application data in an Hyper-V Recovery Manager scenarios always travels on your on-premise replication channel. Only metadata (such as names of logical clouds, virtual machines, networks etc.) that is needed for orchestration is sent to Azure. All traffic sent to/from Azure is encrypted. You can begin using Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery today by clicking New->Data Services->Recovery Services->Hyper-V Recovery Manager within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  You can read more about Windows Azure Hyper-V Recovery Manager in Brad Anderson’s 9-part series, Transform the datacenter. To learn more about setting up Hyper-V Recovery Manager follow our detailed step-by-step guide. Virtual Machines: Delete Attached Disks, Availability Set Warnings, SQL AlwaysOn Today’s Windows Azure release includes a number of nice updates to Windows Azure Virtual Machines.  These improvements include: Ability to Delete both VM Instances + Attached Disks in One Operation Prior to today’s release, when you deleted VMs within Windows Azure we would delete the VM instance – but not delete the drives attached to the VM.  You had to manually delete these yourself from the storage account.  With today’s update we’ve added a convenience option that now allows you to either retain or delete the attached disks when you delete the VM:   We’ve also added the ability to delete a cloud service, its deployments, and its role instances with a single action. This can either be a cloud service that has production and staging deployments with web and worker roles, or a cloud service that contains virtual machines.  To do this, simply select the Cloud Service within the Windows Azure Management Portal and click the “Delete” button: Warnings on Availability Sets with Only One Virtual Machine In Them One of the nice features that Windows Azure Virtual Machines supports is the concept of “Availability Sets”.  An “availability set” allows you to define a tier/role (e.g. webfrontends, databaseservers, etc) that you can map Virtual Machines into – and when you do this Windows Azure separates them across fault domains and ensures that at least one of them is always available during servicing operations.  This enables you to deploy applications in a high availability way. One issue we’ve seen some customers run into is where they define an availability set, but then forget to map more than one VM into it (which defeats the purpose of having an availability set).  With today’s release we now display a warning in the Windows Azure Management Portal if you have only one virtual machine deployed in an availability set to help highlight this: You can learn more about configuring the availability of your virtual machines here. Configuring SQL Server Always On SQL Server Always On is a great feature that you can use with Windows Azure to enable high availability and DR scenarios with SQL Server. Today’s Windows Azure release makes it even easier to configure SQL Server Always On by enabling “Direct Server Return” endpoints to be configured and managed within the Windows Azure Management Portal.  Previously, setting this up required using PowerShell to complete the endpoint configuration.  Starting today you can enable this simply by checking the “Direct Server Return” checkbox: You can learn more about how to use direct server return for SQL Server AlwaysOn availability groups here. Active Directory: Application Access Enhancements This summer we released our initial preview of our Application Access Enhancements for Windows Azure Active Directory.  This service enables you to securely implement single-sign-on (SSO) support against SaaS applications (including Office 365, SalesForce, Workday, Box, Google Apps, GitHub, etc) as well as LOB based applications (including ones built with the new Windows Azure AD support we shipped last week with ASP.NET and VS 2013). Since the initial preview we’ve enhanced our SAML federation capabilities, integrated our new password vaulting system, and shipped multi-factor authentication support. We've also turned on our outbound identity provisioning system and have it working with hundreds of additional SaaS Applications: Earlier this month we published an update on dates and pricing for when the service will be released in general availability form.  In this blog post we announced our intention to release the service in general availability form by the end of the year.  We also announced that the below features would be available in a free tier with it: SSO to every SaaS app we integrate with – Users can Single Sign On to any app we are integrated with at no charge. This includes all the top SAAS Apps and every app in our application gallery whether they use federation or password vaulting. Application access assignment and removal – IT Admins can assign access privileges to web applications to the users in their active directory assuring that every employee has access to the SAAS Apps they need. And when a user leaves the company or changes jobs, the admin can just as easily remove their access privileges assuring data security and minimizing IP loss User provisioning (and de-provisioning) – IT admins will be able to automatically provision users in 3rd party SaaS applications like Box, Salesforce.com, GoToMeeting, DropBox and others. We are working with key partners in the ecosystem to establish these connections, meaning you no longer have to continually update user records in multiple systems. Security and auditing reports – Security is a key priority for us. With the free version of these enhancements you'll get access to our standard set of access reports giving you visibility into which users are using which applications, when they were using them and where they are using them from. In addition, we'll alert you to un-usual usage patterns for instance when a user logs in from multiple locations at the same time. Our Application Access Panel – Users are logging in from every type of devices including Windows, iOS, & Android. Not all of these devices handle authentication in the same manner but the user doesn't care. They need to access their apps from the devices they love. Our Application Access Panel will support the ability for users to access access and launch their apps from any device and anywhere. You can learn more about our plans for application management with Windows Azure Active Directory here.  Try out the preview and start using it today. Enterprise Management: Use Active Directory to Better Manage Windows Azure Windows Azure Active Directory provides the ability to manage your organization in a directory which is hosted entirely in the cloud, or alternatively kept in sync with an on-premises Windows Server Active Directory solution (allowing you to seamlessly integrate with the directory you already have).  With today’s Windows Azure release we are integrating Windows Azure Active Directory even more within the core Windows Azure management experience, and enabling an even richer enterprise security offering.  Specifically: 1) All Windows Azure accounts now have a default Windows Azure Active Directory created for them.  You can create and map any users you want into this directory, and grant administrative rights to manage resources in Windows Azure to these users. 2) You can keep this directory entirely hosted in the cloud – or optionally sync it with your on-premises Windows Server Active Directory.  Both options are free.  The later approach is ideal for companies that wish to use their corporate user identities to sign-in and manage Windows Azure resources.  It also ensures that if an employee leaves an organization, his or her access control rights to the company’s Windows Azure resources are immediately revoked. 3) The Windows Azure Service Management APIs have been updated to support using Windows Azure Active Directory credentials to sign-in and perform management operations.  Prior to today’s release customers had to download and use management certificates (which were not scoped to individual users) to perform management operations.  We still support this management certificate approach (don’t worry – nothing will stop working).  But we think the new Windows Azure Active Directory authentication support enables an even easier and more secure way for customers to manage resources going forward.  4) The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release (which is also shipping today) includes built-in support for the new Service Management APIs that authenticate with Windows Azure Active Directory, and now allow you to create and manage Windows Azure applications and resources directly within Visual Studio using your Active Directory credentials.  This, combined with updated PowerShell scripts that also support Active Directory, enables an end-to-end enterprise authentication story with Windows Azure. Below are some details on how all of this works: Subscriptions within a Directory As part of today’s update, we have associated all existing Window Azure accounts with a Windows Azure Active Directory (and created one for you if you don’t already have one). When you login to the Windows Azure Management Portal you’ll now see the directory name in the URI of the browser.  For example, in the screen-shot below you can see that I have a “scottgu” directory that my subscriptions are hosted within: Note that you can continue to use Microsoft Accounts (formerly known as Microsoft Live IDs) to sign-into Windows Azure.  These map just fine to a Windows Azure Active Directory – so there is no need to create new usernames that are specific to a directory if you don’t want to.  In the scenario above I’m actually logged in using my @hotmail.com based Microsoft ID which is now mapped to a “scottgu” active directory that was created for me.  By default everything will continue to work just like you used to before. Manage your Directory You can manage an Active Directory (including the one we now create for you by default) by clicking the “Active Directory” tab in the left-hand side of the portal.  This will list all of the directories in your account.  Clicking one the first time will display a getting started page that provides documentation and links to perform common tasks with it: You can use the built-in directory management support within the Windows Azure Management Portal to add/remove/manage users within the directory, enable multi-factor authentication, associate a custom domain (e.g. mycompanyname.com) with the directory, and/or rename the directory to whatever friendly name you want (just click the configure tab to do this).  You can also setup the directory to automatically sync with an on-premises Active Directory using the “Directory Integration” tab. Note that users within a directory by default do not have admin rights to login or manage Windows Azure based resources.  You still need to explicitly grant them co-admin permissions on a subscription for them to login or manage resources in Windows Azure.  You can do this by clicking the Settings tab on the left-hand side of the portal and then by clicking the administrators tab within it. Sign-In Integration within Visual Studio If you install the new Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release, you can now connect to Windows Azure from directly inside Visual Studio without having to download any management certificates.  You can now just right-click on the “Windows Azure” icon within the Server Explorer and choose the “Connect to Windows Azure” context menu option to do so: Doing this will prompt you to enter the email address of the username you wish to sign-in with (make sure this account is a user in your directory with co-admin rights on a subscription): You can use either a Microsoft Account (e.g. Windows Live ID) or an Active Directory based Organizational account as the email.  The dialog will update with an appropriate login prompt depending on which type of email address you enter: Once you sign-in you’ll see the Windows Azure resources that you have permissions to manage show up automatically within the Visual Studio server explorer and be available to start using: No downloading of management certificates required.  All of the authentication was handled using your Windows Azure Active Directory! Manage Subscriptions across Multiple Directories If you have already have multiple directories and multiple subscriptions within your Windows Azure account, we have done our best to create a good default mapping of your subscriptions->directories as part of today’s update.  If you don’t like the default subscription-to-directory mapping we have done you can click the Settings tab in the left-hand navigation of the Windows Azure Management Portal and browse to the Subscriptions tab within it: If you want to map a subscription under a different directory in your account, simply select the subscription from the list, and then click the “Edit Directory” button to choose which directory to map it to.  Mapping a subscription to a different directory takes only seconds and will not cause any of the resources within the subscription to recycle or stop working.  We’ve made the directory->subscription mapping process self-service so that you always have complete control and can map things however you want. Filtering By Directory and Subscription Within the Windows Azure Management Portal you can filter resources in the portal by subscription (allowing you to show/hide different subscriptions).  If you have subscriptions mapped to multiple directory tenants, we also now have a filter drop-down that allows you to filter the subscription list by directory tenant.  This filter is only available if you have multiple subscriptions mapped to multiple directories within your Windows Azure Account:   Windows Azure SDK 2.2 Today we are also releasing a major update of our Windows Azure SDK.  The Windows Azure SDK 2.2 release adds some great new features including: Visual Studio 2013 Support Integrated Windows Azure Sign-In support within Visual Studio Remote Debugging Cloud Services with Visual Studio Firewall Management support within Visual Studio for SQL Databases Visual Studio 2013 RTM VM Images for MSDN Subscribers Windows Azure Management Libraries for .NET Updated Windows Azure PowerShell Cmdlets and ScriptCenter I’ll post a follow-up blog shortly with more details about all of the above. Additional Updates In addition to the above enhancements, today’s release also includes a number of additional improvements: AutoScale: Richer time and date based scheduling support (set different rules on different dates) AutoScale: Ability to Scale to Zero Virtual Machines (very useful for Dev/Test scenarios) AutoScale: Support for time-based scheduling of Mobile Service AutoScale rules Operation Logs: Auditing support for Service Bus management operations Today we also shipped a major update to the Windows Azure SDK – Windows Azure SDK 2.2.  It has so much goodness in it that I have a whole second blog post coming shortly on it! :-) Summary Today’s Windows Azure release enables a bunch of great new scenarios, and enables a much richer enterprise authentication offering. If you don’t already have a Windows Azure account, you can sign-up for a free trial and start using all of the above features today.  Then visit the Windows Azure Developer Center to learn more about how to build apps with it. Hope this helps, Scott P.S. In addition to blogging, I am also now using Twitter for quick updates and to share links. Follow me at: twitter.com/scottgu

    Read the article

  • Announcing Entity Framework Code-First (CTP5 release)

    - by ScottGu
    This week the data team released the CTP5 build of the new Entity Framework Code-First library.  EF Code-First enables a pretty sweet code-centric development workflow for working with data.  It enables you to: Develop without ever having to open a designer or define an XML mapping file Define model objects by simply writing “plain old classes” with no base classes required Use a “convention over configuration” approach that enables database persistence without explicitly configuring anything Optionally override the convention-based persistence and use a fluent code API to fully customize the persistence mapping I’m a big fan of the EF Code-First approach, and wrote several blog posts about it this summer: Code-First Development with Entity Framework 4 (July 16th) EF Code-First: Custom Database Schema Mapping (July 23rd) Using EF Code-First with an Existing Database (August 3rd) Today’s new CTP5 release delivers several nice improvements over the CTP4 build, and will be the last preview build of Code First before the final release of it.  We will ship the final EF Code First release in the first quarter of next year (Q1 of 2011).  It works with all .NET application types (including both ASP.NET Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC projects). Installing EF Code First You can install and use EF Code First CTP5 using one of two ways: Approach 1) By downloading and running a setup program.  Once installed you can reference the EntityFramework.dll assembly it provides within your projects.      or: Approach 2) By using the NuGet Package Manager within Visual Studio to download and install EF Code First within a project.  To do this, simply bring up the NuGet Package Manager Console within Visual Studio (View->Other Windows->Package Manager Console) and type “Install-Package EFCodeFirst”: Typing “Install-Package EFCodeFirst” within the Package Manager Console will cause NuGet to download the EF Code First package, and add it to your current project: Doing this will automatically add a reference to the EntityFramework.dll assembly to your project:   NuGet enables you to have EF Code First setup and ready to use within seconds.  When the final release of EF Code First ships you’ll also be able to just type “Update-Package EFCodeFirst” to update your existing projects to use the final release. EF Code First Assembly and Namespace The CTP5 release of EF Code First has an updated assembly name, and new .NET namespace: Assembly Name: EntityFramework.dll Namespace: System.Data.Entity These names match what we plan to use for the final release of the library. Nice New CTP5 Improvements The new CTP5 release of EF Code First contains a bunch of nice improvements and refinements. Some of the highlights include: Better support for Existing Databases Built-in Model-Level Validation and DataAnnotation Support Fluent API Improvements Pluggable Conventions Support New Change Tracking API Improved Concurrency Conflict Resolution Raw SQL Query/Command Support The rest of this blog post contains some more details about a few of the above changes. Better Support for Existing Databases EF Code First makes it really easy to create model layers that work against existing databases.  CTP5 includes some refinements that further streamline the developer workflow for this scenario. Below are the steps to use EF Code First to create a model layer for the Northwind sample database: Step 1: Create Model Classes and a DbContext class Below is all of the code necessary to implement a simple model layer using EF Code First that goes against the Northwind database: EF Code First enables you to use “POCO” – Plain Old CLR Objects – to represent entities within a database.  This means that you do not need to derive model classes from a base class, nor implement any interfaces or data persistence attributes on them.  This enables the model classes to be kept clean, easily testable, and “persistence ignorant”.  The Product and Category classes above are examples of POCO model classes. EF Code First enables you to easily connect your POCO model classes to a database by creating a “DbContext” class that exposes public properties that map to the tables within a database.  The Northwind class above illustrates how this can be done.  It is mapping our Product and Category classes to the “Products” and “Categories” tables within the database.  The properties within the Product and Category classes in turn map to the columns within the Products and Categories tables – and each instance of a Product/Category object maps to a row within the tables. The above code is all of the code required to create our model and data access layer!  Previous CTPs of EF Code First required an additional step to work against existing databases (a call to Database.Initializer<Northwind>(null) to tell EF Code First to not create the database) – this step is no longer required with the CTP5 release.  Step 2: Configure the Database Connection String We’ve written all of the code we need to write to define our model layer.  Our last step before we use it will be to setup a connection-string that connects it with our database.  To do this we’ll add a “Northwind” connection-string to our web.config file (or App.Config for client apps) like so:   <connectionStrings>          <add name="Northwind"          connectionString="data source=.\SQLEXPRESS;Integrated Security=SSPI;AttachDBFilename=|DataDirectory|\northwind.mdf;User Instance=true"          providerName="System.Data.SqlClient" />   </connectionStrings> EF “code first” uses a convention where DbContext classes by default look for a connection-string that has the same name as the context class.  Because our DbContext class is called “Northwind” it by default looks for a “Northwind” connection-string to use.  Above our Northwind connection-string is configured to use a local SQL Express database (stored within the \App_Data directory of our project).  You can alternatively point it at a remote SQL Server. Step 3: Using our Northwind Model Layer We can now easily query and update our database using the strongly-typed model layer we just built with EF Code First. The code example below demonstrates how to use LINQ to query for products within a specific product category.  This query returns back a sequence of strongly-typed Product objects that match the search criteria: The code example below demonstrates how we can retrieve a specific Product object, update two of its properties, and then save the changes back to the database: EF Code First handles all of the change-tracking and data persistence work for us, and allows us to focus on our application and business logic as opposed to having to worry about data access plumbing. Built-in Model Validation EF Code First allows you to use any validation approach you want when implementing business rules with your model layer.  This enables a great deal of flexibility and power. Starting with this week’s CTP5 release, EF Code First also now includes built-in support for both the DataAnnotation and IValidatorObject validation support built-into .NET 4.  This enables you to easily implement validation rules on your models, and have these rules automatically be enforced by EF Code First whenever you save your model layer.  It provides a very convenient “out of the box” way to enable validation within your applications. Applying DataAnnotations to our Northwind Model The code example below demonstrates how we could add some declarative validation rules to two of the properties of our “Product” model: We are using the [Required] and [Range] attributes above.  These validation attributes live within the System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations namespace that is built-into .NET 4, and can be used independently of EF.  The error messages specified on them can either be explicitly defined (like above) – or retrieved from resource files (which makes localizing applications easy). Validation Enforcement on SaveChanges() EF Code-First (starting with CTP5) now automatically applies and enforces DataAnnotation rules when a model object is updated or saved.  You do not need to write any code to enforce this – this support is now enabled by default.  This new support means that the below code – which violates our above rules – will automatically throw an exception when we call the “SaveChanges()” method on our Northwind DbContext: The DbEntityValidationException that is raised when the SaveChanges() method is invoked contains a “EntityValidationErrors” property that you can use to retrieve the list of all validation errors that occurred when the model was trying to save.  This enables you to easily guide the user on how to fix them.  Note that EF Code-First will abort the entire transaction of changes if a validation rule is violated – ensuring that our database is always kept in a valid, consistent state. EF Code First’s validation enforcement works both for the built-in .NET DataAnnotation attributes (like Required, Range, RegularExpression, StringLength, etc), as well as for any custom validation rule you create by sub-classing the System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations.ValidationAttribute base class. UI Validation Support A lot of our UI frameworks in .NET also provide support for DataAnnotation-based validation rules. For example, ASP.NET MVC, ASP.NET Dynamic Data, and Silverlight (via WCF RIA Services) all provide support for displaying client-side validation UI that honor the DataAnnotation rules applied to model objects. The screen-shot below demonstrates how using the default “Add-View” scaffold template within an ASP.NET MVC 3 application will cause appropriate validation error messages to be displayed if appropriate values are not provided: ASP.NET MVC 3 supports both client-side and server-side enforcement of these validation rules.  The error messages displayed are automatically picked up from the declarative validation attributes – eliminating the need for you to write any custom code to display them. Keeping things DRY The “DRY Principle” stands for “Do Not Repeat Yourself”, and is a best practice that recommends that you avoid duplicating logic/configuration/code in multiple places across your application, and instead specify it only once and have it apply everywhere. EF Code First CTP5 now enables you to apply declarative DataAnnotation validations on your model classes (and specify them only once) and then have the validation logic be enforced (and corresponding error messages displayed) across all applications scenarios – including within controllers, views, client-side scripts, and for any custom code that updates and manipulates model classes. This makes it much easier to build good applications with clean code, and to build applications that can rapidly iterate and evolve. Other EF Code First Improvements New to CTP5 EF Code First CTP5 includes a bunch of other improvements as well.  Below are a few short descriptions of some of them: Fluent API Improvements EF Code First allows you to override an “OnModelCreating()” method on the DbContext class to further refine/override the schema mapping rules used to map model classes to underlying database schema.  CTP5 includes some refinements to the ModelBuilder class that is passed to this method which can make defining mapping rules cleaner and more concise.  The ADO.NET Team blogged some samples of how to do this here. Pluggable Conventions Support EF Code First CTP5 provides new support that allows you to override the “default conventions” that EF Code First honors, and optionally replace them with your own set of conventions. New Change Tracking API EF Code First CTP5 exposes a new set of change tracking information that enables you to access Original, Current & Stored values, and State (e.g. Added, Unchanged, Modified, Deleted).  This support is useful in a variety of scenarios. Improved Concurrency Conflict Resolution EF Code First CTP5 provides better exception messages that allow access to the affected object instance and the ability to resolve conflicts using current, original and database values.  Raw SQL Query/Command Support EF Code First CTP5 now allows raw SQL queries and commands (including SPROCs) to be executed via the SqlQuery and SqlCommand methods exposed off of the DbContext.Database property.  The results of these method calls can be materialized into object instances that can be optionally change-tracked by the DbContext.  This is useful for a variety of advanced scenarios. Full Data Annotations Support EF Code First CTP5 now supports all standard DataAnnotations within .NET, and can use them both to perform validation as well as to automatically create the appropriate database schema when EF Code First is used in a database creation scenario.  Summary EF Code First provides an elegant and powerful way to work with data.  I really like it because it is extremely clean and supports best practices, while also enabling solutions to be implemented very, very rapidly.  The code-only approach of the library means that model layers end up being flexible and easy to customize. This week’s CTP5 release further refines EF Code First and helps ensure that it will be really sweet when it ships early next year.  I recommend using NuGet to install and give it a try today.  I think you’ll be pleasantly surprised by how awesome it is. Hope this helps, Scott

    Read the article

  • Pure Server-Side Filtering with RadGridView and WCF RIA Services

    Those of you who are familiar with WCF RIA Services know that the DomainDataSource control provides a FilterDescriptors collection that enables you to filter data returned by the query on the server. We have been using this DomainDataSource feature in our RIA Services with DomainDataSource online example for almost an year now. In the example, we are listening for RadGridViews Filtering event in order to intercept any filtering that is performed on the client and translate it to something that the DomainDataSource will understand, in this case a System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor being added or removed from its FilterDescriptors collection. Think of RadGridView.FilterDescriptors as client-side filtering and of DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors as server-side filtering. We no longer need the client-side one. With the introduction of the Custom Filtering Controls feature many new possibilities have opened. With these custom controls we no longer need to do any filtering on the client. I have prepared a very small project that demonstrates how to filter solely on the server by using a custom filtering control. As I have already mentioned filtering on the server is done through the FilterDescriptors collection of the DomainDataSource control. This collection holds instances of type System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor. The FilterDescriptor has three important properties: PropertyPath: Specifies the name of the property that we want to filter on (the left operand). Operator: Specifies the type of comparison to use when filtering. An instance of FilterOperator Enumeration. Value: The value to compare with (the right operand). An instance of the Parameter Class. By adding filters, you can specify that only entities which meet the condition in the filter are loaded from the domain context. In case you are not familiar with these concepts you might find Brad Abrams blog interesting. Now, our requirements are to create some kind of UI that will manipulate the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection. When it comes to collections, my first choice of course would be RadGridView. If you are not familiar with the Custom Filtering Controls concept I would strongly recommend getting acquainted with my step-by-step tutorial Custom Filtering with RadGridView for Silverlight and checking the online example out. I have created a simple custom filtering control that contains a RadGridView and several buttons. This control is aware of the DomainDataSource instance, since it is operating on its FilterDescriptors collection. In fact, the RadGridView that is inside it is bound to this collection. In order to display filters that are relevant for the current column only, I have applied a filter to the grid. This filter is a Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor and is used to filter the little grid inside the custom control. It should not be confused with the DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors collection that RadGridView is actually bound to. These are the RIA filters. Additionally, I have added several other features. For example, if you have specified a DataFormatString on your original column, the Value column inside the custom control will pick it up and format the filter values accordingly. Also, I have transferred the data type of the column that you are filtering to the Value column of the custom control. This will help the little RadGridView determine what kind of editor to show up when you begin edit, for example a date picker for DateTime columns. Finally, I have added four buttons two of them can be used to add or remove filters and the other two will communicate the changes you have made to the server. Here is the full source code of the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl. The XAML: <UserControl x:Class="PureServerSideFiltering.DomainDataSourceFilteringControl"    xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml/presentation"    xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml"     xmlns:telerikGrid="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView"     xmlns:telerik="clr-namespace:Telerik.Windows.Controls;assembly=Telerik.Windows.Controls"     Width="300">     <Border x:Name="LayoutRoot"             BorderThickness="1"             BorderBrush="#FF8A929E"             Padding="5"             Background="#FFDFE2E5">           <Grid>             <Grid.RowDefinitions>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="150"/>                 <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>             </Grid.RowDefinitions>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="0"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="addFilterButton"                                   Click="OnAddFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Add Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="removeFilterButton"                                   Click="OnRemoveFilterButtonClick"                                   Content="Remove Filter"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>               <telerikGrid:RadGridView Name="filtersGrid"                                     Grid.Row="1"                                     Margin="2"                                     ItemsSource="{Binding FilterDescriptors}"                                     AddingNewDataItem="OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem"                                     ColumnWidth="*"                                     ShowGroupPanel="False"                                     AutoGenerateColumns="False"                                     CanUserResizeColumns="False"                                     CanUserReorderColumns="False"                                     CanUserFreezeColumns="False"                                     RowIndicatorVisibility="Collapsed"                                     IsFilteringAllowed="False"                                     CanUserSortColumns="False">                 <telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewComboBoxColumn DataMemberBinding="{Binding Operator}"                                                         UniqueName="Operator"/>                     <telerikGrid:GridViewDataColumn Header="Value"                                                     DataMemberBinding="{Binding Value.Value}"                                                     UniqueName="Value"/>                 </telerikGrid:RadGridView.Columns>             </telerikGrid:RadGridView>               <StackPanel Grid.Row="2"                         Margin="2"                         Orientation="Horizontal"                         HorizontalAlignment="Center">                 <telerik:RadButton Name="filterButton"                                   Click="OnApplyFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Apply Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>                 <telerik:RadButton Name="clearButton"                                   Click="OnClearFiltersButtonClick"                                   Content="Clear Filters"                                   Margin="2"                                   Width="96"/>             </StackPanel>           </Grid>       </Border> </UserControl>   And the code-behind: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Data;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     /// <summary>     /// A custom filtering control capable of filtering purely server-side.     /// </summary>     public partial class DomainDataSourceFilteringControl : UserControl, IFilteringControl     {         // The main player here.         DomainDataSource domainDataSource;           // This is the name of the property that this column displays.         private string dataMemberName;           // This is the type of the property that this column displays.         private Type dataMemberType;           /// <summary>         /// Identifies the <see cref="IsActive"/> dependency property.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// The state of the filtering funnel (i.e. full or empty) is bound to this property.         /// </remarks>         public static readonly DependencyProperty IsActiveProperty =             DependencyProperty.Register(                 "IsActive",                 typeof(bool),                 typeof(DomainDataSourceFilteringControl),                 new PropertyMetadata(false));           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filtering is active.         /// </summary>         /// <remarks>         /// Set this to true if you want to lit-up the filtering funnel.         /// </remarks>         public bool IsActive         {             get { return (bool)GetValue(IsActiveProperty); }             set { SetValue(IsActiveProperty, value); }         }           /// <summary>         /// Gets or sets the domain data source.         /// We need this in order to work on its FilterDescriptors collection.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The domain data source.</value>         public DomainDataSource DomainDataSource         {             get { return this.domainDataSource; }             set { this.domainDataSource = value; }         }           public System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptorCollection FilterDescriptors         {             get { return this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors; }         }           public DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()         {             InitializeComponent();         }           public void Prepare(GridViewBoundColumnBase column)         {             this.LayoutRoot.DataContext = this;               if (this.DomainDataSource == null)             {                 // Sorry, but we need a DomainDataSource. Can't do anything without it.                 return;             }               // This is the name of the property that this column displays.             this.dataMemberName = column.GetDataMemberName();               // This is the type of the property that this column displays.             // We need this in order to see which FilterOperators to feed to the combo-box column.             this.dataMemberType = column.DataType;               // We will use our magic Type extension method to see which operators are applicable for             // this data type. You can go to the extension method body and see what it does.             ((GridViewComboBoxColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Operator"]).ItemsSource                 = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators();               // This is very nice as well. We will tell the Value column its data type. In this way             // RadGridView will pick up the best editor according to the data type. For example,             // if the data type of the value is DateTime, you will be editing it with a DatePicker.             // Nice!             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataType = this.dataMemberType;               // Yet another nice feature. We will transfer the original DataFormatString (if any) to             // the Value column. In this way if you have specified a DataFormatString for the original             // column, you will see all filter values formatted accordingly.             ((GridViewDataColumn)this.filtersGrid.Columns["Value"]).DataFormatString = column.DataFormatString;               // This is important. Since our little filtersGrid will be bound to the entire collection             // of this.domainDataSource.FilterDescriptors, we need to set a Telerik filter on the             // grid so that it will display FilterDescriptor which are relevane to this column ONLY!             Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor columnFilter = new Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("PropertyPath"                 , Telerik.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsEqualTo                 , this.dataMemberName);             this.filtersGrid.FilterDescriptors.Add(columnFilter);               // We want to listen for this in order to activate and de-activate the UI funnel.             this.filtersGrid.Items.CollectionChanged += this.OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged;         }           /// <summary>         // Since the DomainDataSource is a little bit picky about adding uninitialized FilterDescriptors         // to its collection, we will prepare each new instance with some default values and then         // the user can change them later. Go to the event handler to see how we do this.         /// </summary>         void OnFilterGridAddingNewDataItem(object sender, GridViewAddingNewEventArgs e)         {             // We need to initialize the new instance with some values and let the user go on from here.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor newFilter = new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor();               // This is a must. It should know what member it is filtering on.             newFilter.PropertyPath = this.dataMemberName;               // Initialize it with one of the allowed operators.             // TypeExtensions.ApplicableFilterOperators method for more info.             newFilter.Operator = this.dataMemberType.ApplicableFilterOperators().First();               if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(DateTime))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = DateTime.Now;             }             else if (this.dataMemberType == typeof(string))             {                 newFilter.Value.Value = "<enter text>";             }             else if (this.dataMemberType.IsValueType)             {                 // We need something non-null for all value types.                 newFilter.Value.Value = Activator.CreateInstance(this.dataMemberType);             }               // Let the user edit the new filter any way he/she likes.             e.NewObject = newFilter;         }           void OnFilterGridItemsCollectionChanged(object sender, System.Collections.Specialized.NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e)         {             // We are active only if we have any filters define. In this case the filtering funnel will lit-up.             this.IsActive = this.filtersGrid.Items.Count > 0;         }           private void OnApplyFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // Since this.domainDataSource.AutoLoad is false, this will take into             // account all filtering changes that the user has made since the last             // Load() and pull the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnClearFiltersButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // We want to remove ONLY those filters from the DomainDataSource             // that this control is responsible for.             this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors                 .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == this.dataMemberName) // Only "our" filters.                 .ToList()                 .ForEach(fd => this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(fd)); // Bye-bye!               // Comment this if you want the popup to stay open after the button is clicked.             this.ClosePopup();               // After we did our housekeeping, get the new data to the client.             this.DomainDataSource.Load();         }           private void OnAddFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Let the user enter his/or her requirements for a new filter.             this.filtersGrid.BeginInsert();             this.filtersGrid.UpdateLayout();         }           private void OnRemoveFilterButtonClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e)         {             if (this.DomainDataSource.IsLoadingData)             {                 return;             }               // Find the currently selected filter and destroy it.             System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor filterToRemove = this.filtersGrid.SelectedItem as System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor;             if (filterToRemove != null                 && this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Contains(filterToRemove))             {                 this.DomainDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Remove(filterToRemove);             }         }           private void ClosePopup()         {             System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup popup = this.ParentOfType<System.Windows.Controls.Primitives.Popup>();             if (popup != null)             {                 popup.IsOpen = false;             }         }     } }   Finally, we need to tell RadGridViews Columns to use this custom control instead of the default one. Here is how to do it: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Net; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using System.Windows.Documents; using System.Windows.Input; using System.Windows.Media; using System.Windows.Media.Animation; using System.Windows.Shapes; using System.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Data; using Telerik.Windows.Controls; using Telerik.Windows.Controls.GridView;   namespace PureServerSideFiltering {     public partial class MainPage : UserControl     {         public MainPage()         {             InitializeComponent();             this.grid.AutoGeneratingColumn += this.OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn;               // Uncomment this if you want the DomainDataSource to start pre-filtered.             // You will notice how our custom filtering controls will correctly read this information,             // populate their UI with the respective filters and lit-up the funnel to indicate that             // filtering is active. Go ahead and try it.             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("Title", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.Contains, "Assistant"));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsGreaterThan, new DateTime(1998, 12, 31)));             this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors.Add(new System.Windows.Data.FilterDescriptor("HireDate", System.Windows.Data.FilterOperator.IsLessThanOrEqualTo, new DateTime(1999, 12, 31)));               this.employeesDataSource.Load();         }           /// <summary>         /// First of all, we will need to replace the default filtering control         /// of each column with out custom filtering control DomainDataSourceFilteringControl         /// </summary>         private void OnGridAutoGeneratingColumn(object sender, GridViewAutoGeneratingColumnEventArgs e)         {             GridViewBoundColumnBase dataColumn = e.Column as GridViewBoundColumnBase;             if (dataColumn != null)             {                 // We do not like ugly dates.                 if (dataColumn.DataType == typeof(DateTime))                 {                     dataColumn.DataFormatString = "{0:d}"; // Short date pattern.                       // Notice how this format will be later transferred to the Value column                     // of the grid that we have inside the DomainDataSourceFilteringControl.                 }                   // Replace the default filtering control with our.                 dataColumn.FilteringControl = new DomainDataSourceFilteringControl()                 {                     // Let the control know about the DDS, after all it will work directly on it.                     DomainDataSource = this.employeesDataSource                 };                   // Finally, lit-up the filtering funnel through the IsActive dependency property                 // in case there are some filters on the DDS that match our column member.                 string dataMemberName = dataColumn.GetDataMemberName();                 dataColumn.FilteringControl.IsActive =                     this.employeesDataSource.FilterDescriptors                     .Where(fd => fd.PropertyPath == dataMemberName)                     .Count() > 0;             }         }     } } The best part is that we are not only writing filters for the DomainDataSource we can read and load them. If the DomainDataSource has some pre-existing filters (like I have created in the code above), our control will read them and will populate its UI accordingly. Even the filtering funnel will light-up! Remember, the funnel is controlled by the IsActive property of our control. While this is just a basic implementation, the source code is absolutely yours and you can take it from here and extend it to match your specific business requirements. Below the main grid there is another debug grid. With its help you can monitor what filter descriptors are added and removed to the domain data source. Download Source Code. (You will have to have the AdventureWorks sample database installed on the default SQLExpress instance in order to run it.) Enjoy!Did you know that DotNetSlackers also publishes .net articles written by top known .net Authors? We already have over 80 articles in several categories including Silverlight. Take a look: here.

    Read the article

  • Solaris 11.1: Changes to included FOSS packages

    - by alanc
    Besides the documentation changes I mentioned last time, another place you can see Solaris 11.1 changes before upgrading is in the online package repository, now that the 11.1 packages have been published to http://pkg.oracle.com/solaris/release/, as the “0.175.1.0.0.24.2” branch. (Oracle Solaris Package Versioning explains what each field in that version string means.) When you’re ready to upgrade to the packages from either this repo, or the support repository, you’ll want to first read How to Update to Oracle Solaris 11.1 Using the Image Packaging System by Pete Dennis, as there are a couple issues you will need to be aware of to do that upgrade, several of which are due to changes in the Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) packages included with Solaris, as I’ll explain in a bit. Solaris 11 can update more readily than Solaris 10 In the Solaris 10 and older update models, the way the updates were built constrained what changes we could make in those releases. To change an existing SVR4 package in those releases, we created a Solaris Patch, which applied to a given version of the SVR4 package and replaced, added or deleted files in it. These patches were released via the support websites (originally SunSolve, now My Oracle Support) for applying to existing Solaris 10 installations, and were also merged into the install images for the next Solaris 10 update release. (This Solaris Patches blog post from Gerry Haskins dives deeper into that subject.) Some of the restrictions of this model were that package refactoring, changes to package dependencies, and even just changing the package version number, were difficult to do in this hybrid patch/OS update model. For instance, when Solaris 10 first shipped, it had the Xorg server from X11R6.8. Over the first couple years of update releases we were able to keep it up to date by replacing, adding, & removing files as necessary, taking it all the way up to Xorg server release 1.3 (new version numbering begun after the X11R7 split of the X11 tree into separate modules gave each module its own version). But if you run pkginfo on the SUNWxorg-server package, you’ll see it still displayed a version number of 6.8, confusing users as to which version was actually included. We stopped upgrading the Xorg server releases in Solaris 10 after 1.3, as later versions added new dependencies, such as HAL, D-Bus, and libpciaccess, which were very difficult to manage in this patching model. (We later got libpciaccess to work, but HAL & D-Bus would have been much harder due to the greater dependency tree underneath those.) Similarly, every time the GNOME team looked into upgrading Solaris 10 past GNOME 2.6, they found these constraints made it so difficult it wasn’t worthwhile, and eventually GNOME’s dependencies had changed enough it was completely infeasible. Fortunately, this worked out for both the X11 & GNOME teams, with our management making the business decision to concentrate on the “Nevada” branch for desktop users - first as Solaris Express Desktop Edition, and later as OpenSolaris, so we didn’t have to fight to try to make the package updates fit into these tight constraints. Meanwhile, the team designing the new packaging system for Solaris 11 was seeing us struggle with these problems, and making this much easier to manage for both the development teams and our users was one of their big goals for the IPS design they were working on. Now that we’ve reached the first update release to Solaris 11, we can start to see the fruits of their labors, with more FOSS updates in 11.1 than we had in many Solaris 10 update releases, keeping software more up to date with the upstream communities. Of course, just because we can more easily update now, doesn’t always mean we should or will do so, it just removes the package system limitations from forcing the decision for us. So while we’ve upgraded the X Window System in the 11.1 release from X11R7.6 to 7.7, the Solaris GNOME team decided it was not the right time to try to make the jump from GNOME 2 to GNOME 3, though they did update some individual components of the desktop, especially those with security fixes like Firefox. In other parts of the system, decisions as to what to update were prioritized based on how they affected other projects, or what customer requests we’d gotten for them. So with all that background in place, what packages did we actually update or add between Solaris 11.0 and 11.1? Core OS Functionality One of the FOSS changes with the biggest impact in this release is the upgrade from Grub Legacy (0.97) to Grub 2 (1.99) for the x64 platform boot loader. This is the cause of one of the upgrade quirks, since to go from Solaris 11.0 to 11.1 on x64 systems, you first need to update the Boot Environment tools (such as beadm) to a new version that can handle boot environments that use the Grub2 boot loader. System administrators can find the details they need to know about the new Grub in the Administering the GRand Unified Bootloader chapter of the Booting and Shutting Down Oracle Solaris 11.1 Systems guide. This change was necessary to be able to support new hardware coming into the x64 marketplace, including systems using UEFI firmware or booting off disk drives larger than 2 terabytes. For both platforms, Solaris 11.1 adds rsyslog as an optional alternative to the traditional syslogd, and OpenSCAP for checking security configuration settings are compliant with site policies. Note that the support repo actually has newer versions of BIND & fetchmail than the 11.1 release, as some late breaking critical fixes came through from the community upstream releases after the Solaris 11.1 release was frozen, and made their way to the support repository. These are responsible for the other big upgrade quirk in this release, in which to upgrade a system which already installed those versions from the support repo, you need to either wait for those packages to make their way to the 11.1 branch of the support repo, or follow the steps in the aforementioned upgrade walkthrough to let the package system know it's okay to temporarily downgrade those. Developer Stack While Solaris 11.0 included Python 2.7, many of the bundled python modules weren’t packaged for it yet, limiting its usability. For 11.1, many more of the python modules include 2.7 versions (enough that I filtered them out of the below table, but you can always search on the package repository server for them. For other language runtimes and development tools, 11.1 expands the use of IPS mediated links to choose which version of a package is the default when the packages are designed to allow multiple versions to install side by side. For instance, in Solaris 11.0, GNU automake 1.9 and 1.10 were provided, and developers had to run them as either automake-1.9 or automake-1.10. In Solaris 11.1, when automake 1.11 was added, also added was a /usr/bin/automake mediated link, which points to the automake-1.11 program by default, but can be changed to another version by running the pkg set-mediator command. Mediated links were also used for the Java runtime & development kits in 11.1, changing the default versions to the Java 7 releases (the 1.7.0.x package versions), while allowing admins to switch links such as /usr/bin/javac back to Java 6 if they need to for their site, to deal with Java 7 compatibility or other issues, without having to update each usage to use the full versioned /usr/jdk/jdk1.6.0_35/bin/javac paths for every invocation. Desktop Stack As I mentioned before, we upgraded from X11R7.6 to X11R7.7, since a pleasant coincidence made the X.Org release dates line up nicely with our feature & code freeze dates for this release. (Or perhaps it wasn’t so coincidental, after all, one of the benefits of being the person making the release is being able to decide what schedule is most convenient for you, and this one worked well for me.) For the table below, I’ve skipped listing the packages in which we use the X11 “katamari” version for the Solaris package version (mainly packages combining elements of multiple upstream modules with independent version numbers), since they just all changed from 7.6 to 7.7. In the graphics drivers, we worked with Intel to update the Intel Integrated Graphics Processor support to support 3D graphics and kernel mode setting on the Ivy Bridge chipsets, and updated Nvidia’s non-FOSS graphics driver from 280.13 to 295.20. Higher up in the desktop stack, PulseAudio was added for audio support, and liblouis for Braille support, and the GNOME applications were built to use them. The Mozilla applications, Firefox & Thunderbird moved to the current Extended Support Release (ESR) versions, 10.x for each, to bring up-to-date security fixes without having to be on Mozilla’s agressive 6 week feature cycle release train. Detailed list of changes This table shows most of the changes to the FOSS packages between Solaris 11.0 and 11.1. As noted above, some were excluded for clarity, or to reduce noise and duplication. All the FOSS packages which didn't change the version number in their packaging info are not included, even if they had updates to fix bugs, security holes, or add support for new hardware or new features of Solaris. Package11.011.1 archiver/unrar 3.8.5 4.1.4 audio/sox 14.3.0 14.3.2 backup/rdiff-backup 1.2.1 1.3.3 communication/im/pidgin 2.10.0 2.10.5 compress/gzip 1.3.5 1.4 compress/xz not included 5.0.1 database/sqlite-3 3.7.6.3 3.7.11 desktop/remote-desktop/tigervnc 1.0.90 1.1.0 desktop/window-manager/xcompmgr 1.1.5 1.1.6 desktop/xscreensaver 5.12 5.15 developer/build/autoconf 2.63 2.68 developer/build/autoconf/xorg-macros 1.15.0 1.17 developer/build/automake-111 not included 1.11.2 developer/build/cmake 2.6.2 2.8.6 developer/build/gnu-make 3.81 3.82 developer/build/imake 1.0.4 1.0.5 developer/build/libtool 1.5.22 2.4.2 developer/build/makedepend 1.0.3 1.0.4 developer/documentation-tool/doxygen 1.5.7.1 1.7.6.1 developer/gnu-binutils 2.19 2.21.1 developer/java/jdepend not included 2.9 developer/java/jdk-6 1.6.0.26 1.6.0.35 developer/java/jdk-7 1.7.0.0 1.7.0.7 developer/java/jpackage-utils not included 1.7.5 developer/java/junit 4.5 4.10 developer/lexer/jflex not included 1.4.1 developer/parser/byaccj not included 1.14 developer/parser/java_cup not included 0.10 developer/quilt 0.47 0.60 developer/versioning/git 1.7.3.2 1.7.9.2 developer/versioning/mercurial 1.8.4 2.2.1 developer/versioning/subversion 1.6.16 1.7.5 diagnostic/constype 1.0.3 1.0.4 diagnostic/nmap 5.21 5.51 diagnostic/scanpci 0.12.1 0.13.1 diagnostic/wireshark 1.4.8 1.8.2 diagnostic/xload 1.1.0 1.1.1 editor/gnu-emacs 23.1 23.4 editor/vim 7.3.254 7.3.600 file/lndir 1.0.2 1.0.3 image/editor/bitmap 1.0.5 1.0.6 image/gnuplot 4.4.0 4.6.0 image/library/libexif 0.6.19 0.6.21 image/library/libpng 1.4.8 1.4.11 image/library/librsvg 2.26.3 2.34.1 image/xcursorgen 1.0.4 1.0.5 library/audio/pulseaudio not included 1.1 library/cacao 2.3.0.0 2.3.1.0 library/expat 2.0.1 2.1.0 library/gc 7.1 7.2 library/graphics/pixman 0.22.0 0.24.4 library/guile 1.8.4 1.8.6 library/java/javadb 10.5.3.0 10.6.2.1 library/java/subversion 1.6.16 1.7.5 library/json-c not included 0.9 library/libedit not included 3.0 library/libee not included 0.3.2 library/libestr not included 0.1.2 library/libevent 1.3.5 1.4.14.2 library/liblouis not included 2.1.1 library/liblouisxml not included 2.1.0 library/libtecla 1.6.0 1.6.1 library/libtool/libltdl 1.5.22 2.4.2 library/nspr 4.8.8 4.8.9 library/openldap 2.4.25 2.4.30 library/pcre 7.8 8.21 library/perl-5/subversion 1.6.16 1.7.5 library/python-2/jsonrpclib not included 0.1.3 library/python-2/lxml 2.1.2 2.3.3 library/python-2/nose not included 1.1.2 library/python-2/pyopenssl not included 0.11 library/python-2/subversion 1.6.16 1.7.5 library/python-2/tkinter-26 2.6.4 2.6.8 library/python-2/tkinter-27 2.7.1 2.7.3 library/security/nss 4.12.10 4.13.1 library/security/openssl 1.0.0.5 (1.0.0e) 1.0.0.10 (1.0.0j) mail/thunderbird 6.0 10.0.6 network/dns/bind 9.6.3.4.3 9.6.3.7.2 package/pkgbuild not included 1.3.104 print/filter/enscript not included 1.6.4 print/filter/gutenprint 5.2.4 5.2.7 print/lp/filter/foomatic-rip 3.0.2 4.0.15 runtime/java/jre-6 1.6.0.26 1.6.0.35 runtime/java/jre-7 1.7.0.0 1.7.0.7 runtime/perl-512 5.12.3 5.12.4 runtime/python-26 2.6.4 2.6.8 runtime/python-27 2.7.1 2.7.3 runtime/ruby-18 1.8.7.334 1.8.7.357 runtime/tcl-8/tcl-sqlite-3 3.7.6.3 3.7.11 security/compliance/openscap not included 0.8.1 security/nss-utilities 4.12.10 4.13.1 security/sudo 1.8.1.2 1.8.4.5 service/network/dhcp/isc-dhcp 4.1 4.1.0.6 service/network/dns/bind 9.6.3.4.3 9.6.3.7.2 service/network/ftp (ProFTPD) 1.3.3.0.5 1.3.3.0.7 service/network/samba 3.5.10 3.6.6 shell/conflict 0.2004.9.1 0.2010.6.27 shell/pipe-viewer 1.1.4 1.2.0 shell/zsh 4.3.12 4.3.17 system/boot/grub 0.97 1.99 system/font/truetype/liberation 1.4 1.7.2 system/library/freetype-2 2.4.6 2.4.9 system/library/libnet 1.1.2.1 1.1.5 system/management/cim/pegasus 2.9.1 2.11.0 system/management/ipmitool 1.8.10 1.8.11 system/management/wbem/wbemcli 1.3.7 1.3.9.1 system/network/routing/quagga 0.99.8 0.99.19 system/rsyslog not included 6.2.0 terminal/luit 1.1.0 1.1.1 text/convmv 1.14 1.15 text/gawk 3.1.5 3.1.8 text/gnu-grep 2.5.4 2.10 web/browser/firefox 6.0.2 10.0.6 web/browser/links 1.0 1.0.3 web/java-servlet/tomcat 6.0.33 6.0.35 web/php-53 not included 5.3.14 web/php-53/extension/php-apc not included 3.1.9 web/php-53/extension/php-idn not included 0.2.0 web/php-53/extension/php-memcache not included 3.0.6 web/php-53/extension/php-mysql not included 5.3.14 web/php-53/extension/php-pear not included 5.3.14 web/php-53/extension/php-suhosin not included 0.9.33 web/php-53/extension/php-tcpwrap not included 1.1.3 web/php-53/extension/php-xdebug not included 2.2.0 web/php-common not included 11.1 web/proxy/squid 3.1.8 3.1.18 web/server/apache-22 2.2.20 2.2.22 web/server/apache-22/module/apache-sed 2.2.20 2.2.22 web/server/apache-22/module/apache-wsgi not included 3.3 x11/diagnostic/xev 1.1.0 1.2.0 x11/diagnostic/xscope 1.3 1.3.1 x11/documentation/xorg-docs 1.6 1.7 x11/keyboard/xkbcomp 1.2.3 1.2.4 x11/library/libdmx 1.1.1 1.1.2 x11/library/libdrm 2.4.25 2.4.32 x11/library/libfontenc 1.1.0 1.1.1 x11/library/libfs 1.0.3 1.0.4 x11/library/libice 1.0.7 1.0.8 x11/library/libsm 1.2.0 1.2.1 x11/library/libx11 1.4.4 1.5.0 x11/library/libxau 1.0.6 1.0.7 x11/library/libxcb 1.7 1.8.1 x11/library/libxcursor 1.1.12 1.1.13 x11/library/libxdmcp 1.1.0 1.1.1 x11/library/libxext 1.3.0 1.3.1 x11/library/libxfixes 4.0.5 5.0 x11/library/libxfont 1.4.4 1.4.5 x11/library/libxft 2.2.0 2.3.1 x11/library/libxi 1.4.3 1.6.1 x11/library/libxinerama 1.1.1 1.1.2 x11/library/libxkbfile 1.0.7 1.0.8 x11/library/libxmu 1.1.0 1.1.1 x11/library/libxmuu 1.1.0 1.1.1 x11/library/libxpm 3.5.9 3.5.10 x11/library/libxrender 0.9.6 0.9.7 x11/library/libxres 1.0.5 1.0.6 x11/library/libxscrnsaver 1.2.1 1.2.2 x11/library/libxtst 1.2.0 1.2.1 x11/library/libxv 1.0.6 1.0.7 x11/library/libxvmc 1.0.6 1.0.7 x11/library/libxxf86vm 1.1.1 1.1.2 x11/library/mesa 7.10.2 7.11.2 x11/library/toolkit/libxaw7 1.0.9 1.0.11 x11/library/toolkit/libxt 1.0.9 1.1.3 x11/library/xtrans 1.2.6 1.2.7 x11/oclock 1.0.2 1.0.3 x11/server/xdmx 1.10.3 1.12.2 x11/server/xephyr 1.10.3 1.12.2 x11/server/xorg 1.10.3 1.12.2 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-input-keyboard 1.6.0 1.6.1 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-input-mouse 1.7.1 1.7.2 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-input-synaptics 1.4.1 1.6.2 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-input-vmmouse 12.7.0 12.8.0 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-ast 0.91.10 0.93.10 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-ati 6.14.1 6.14.4 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-cirrus 1.3.2 1.4.0 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-dummy 0.3.4 0.3.5 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-intel 2.10.0 2.18.0 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-mach64 6.9.0 6.9.1 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-mga 1.4.13 1.5.0 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-openchrome 0.2.904 0.2.905 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-r128 6.8.1 6.8.2 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-trident 1.3.4 1.3.5 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-vesa 2.3.0 2.3.1 x11/server/xorg/driver/xorg-video-vmware 11.0.3 12.0.2 x11/server/xserver-common 1.10.3 1.12.2 x11/server/xvfb 1.10.3 1.12.2 x11/server/xvnc 1.0.90 1.1.0 x11/session/sessreg 1.0.6 1.0.7 x11/session/xauth 1.0.6 1.0.7 x11/session/xinit 1.3.1 1.3.2 x11/transset 0.9.1 1.0.0 x11/trusted/trusted-xorg 1.10.3 1.12.2 x11/x11-window-dump 1.0.4 1.0.5 x11/xclipboard 1.1.1 1.1.2 x11/xclock 1.0.5 1.0.6 x11/xfd 1.1.0 1.1.1 x11/xfontsel 1.0.3 1.0.4 x11/xfs 1.1.1 1.1.2 P.S. To get the version numbers for this table, I ran a quick perl script over the output from: % pkg contents -H -r -t depend -a type=incorporate -o fmri \ `pkg contents -H -r -t depend -a type=incorporate -o fmri [email protected],5.11-0.175.1.0.0.24` \ | sort /tmp/11.1 % pkg contents -H -r -t depend -a type=incorporate -o fmri \ `pkg contents -H -r -t depend -a type=incorporate -o fmri [email protected],5.11-0.175.0.0.0.2` \ | sort /tmp/11.0

    Read the article

  • Scrum in 5 Minutes

    - by Stephen.Walther
    The goal of this blog entry is to explain the basic concepts of Scrum in less than five minutes. You learn how Scrum can help a team of developers to successfully complete a complex software project. Product Backlog and the Product Owner Imagine that you are part of a team which needs to create a new website – for example, an e-commerce website. You have an overwhelming amount of work to do. You need to build (or possibly buy) a shopping cart, install an SSL certificate, create a product catalog, create a Facebook page, and at least a hundred other things that you have not thought of yet. According to Scrum, the first thing you should do is create a list. Place the highest priority items at the top of the list and the lower priority items lower in the list. For example, creating the shopping cart and buying the domain name might be high priority items and creating a Facebook page might be a lower priority item. In Scrum, this list is called the Product Backlog. How do you prioritize the items in the Product Backlog? Different stakeholders in the project might have different priorities. Gary, your division VP, thinks that it is crucial that the e-commerce site has a mobile app. Sally, your direct manager, thinks taking advantage of new HTML5 features is much more important. Multiple people are pulling you in different directions. According to Scrum, it is important that you always designate one person, and only one person, as the Product Owner. The Product Owner is the person who decides what items should be added to the Product Backlog and the priority of the items in the Product Backlog. The Product Owner could be the customer who is paying the bills, the project manager who is responsible for delivering the project, or a customer representative. The critical point is that the Product Owner must always be a single person and that single person has absolute authority over the Product Backlog. Sprints and the Sprint Backlog So now the developer team has a prioritized list of items and they can start work. The team starts implementing the first item in the Backlog — the shopping cart — and the team is making good progress. Unfortunately, however, half-way through the work of implementing the shopping cart, the Product Owner changes his mind. The Product Owner decides that it is much more important to create the product catalog before the shopping cart. With some frustration, the team switches their developmental efforts to focus on implementing the product catalog. However, part way through completing this work, once again the Product Owner changes his mind about the highest priority item. Getting work done when priorities are constantly shifting is frustrating for the developer team and it results in lower productivity. At the same time, however, the Product Owner needs to have absolute authority over the priority of the items which need to get done. Scrum solves this conflict with the concept of Sprints. In Scrum, a developer team works in Sprints. At the beginning of a Sprint the developers and the Product Owner agree on the items from the backlog which they will complete during the Sprint. This subset of items from the Product Backlog becomes the Sprint Backlog. During the Sprint, the Product Owner is not allowed to change the items in the Sprint Backlog. In other words, the Product Owner cannot shift priorities on the developer team during the Sprint. Different teams use Sprints of different lengths such as one month Sprints, two-week Sprints, and one week Sprints. For high-stress, time critical projects, teams typically choose shorter sprints such as one week sprints. For more mature projects, longer one month sprints might be more appropriate. A team can pick whatever Sprint length makes sense for them just as long as the team is consistent. You should pick a Sprint length and stick with it. Daily Scrum During a Sprint, the developer team needs to have meetings to coordinate their work on completing the items in the Sprint Backlog. For example, the team needs to discuss who is working on what and whether any blocking issues have been discovered. Developers hate meetings (well, sane developers hate meetings). Meetings take developers away from their work of actually implementing stuff as opposed to talking about implementing stuff. However, a developer team which never has meetings and never coordinates their work also has problems. For example, Fred might get stuck on a programming problem for days and never reach out for help even though Tom (who sits in the cubicle next to him) has already solved the very same problem. Or, both Ted and Fred might have started working on the same item from the Sprint Backlog at the same time. In Scrum, these conflicting needs – limiting meetings but enabling team coordination – are resolved with the idea of the Daily Scrum. The Daily Scrum is a meeting for coordinating the work of the developer team which happens once a day. To keep the meeting short, each developer answers only the following three questions: 1. What have you done since yesterday? 2. What do you plan to do today? 3. Any impediments in your way? During the Daily Scrum, developers are not allowed to talk about issues with their cat, do demos of their latest work, or tell heroic stories of programming problems overcome. The meeting must be kept short — typically about 15 minutes. Issues which come up during the Daily Scrum should be discussed in separate meetings which do not involve the whole developer team. Stories and Tasks Items in the Product or Sprint Backlog – such as building a shopping cart or creating a Facebook page – are often referred to as User Stories or Stories. The Stories are created by the Product Owner and should represent some business need. Unlike the Product Owner, the developer team needs to think about how a Story should be implemented. At the beginning of a Sprint, the developer team takes the Stories from the Sprint Backlog and breaks the stories into tasks. For example, the developer team might take the Create a Shopping Cart story and break it into the following tasks: · Enable users to add and remote items from shopping cart · Persist the shopping cart to database between visits · Redirect user to checkout page when Checkout button is clicked During the Daily Scrum, members of the developer team volunteer to complete the tasks required to implement the next Story in the Sprint Backlog. When a developer talks about what he did yesterday or plans to do tomorrow then the developer should be referring to a task. Stories are owned by the Product Owner and a story is all about business value. In contrast, the tasks are owned by the developer team and a task is all about implementation details. A story might take several days or weeks to complete. A task is something which a developer can complete in less than a day. Some teams get lazy about breaking stories into tasks. Neglecting to break stories into tasks can lead to “Never Ending Stories” If you don’t break a story into tasks, then you can’t know how much of a story has actually been completed because you don’t have a clear idea about the implementation steps required to complete the story. Scrumboard During the Daily Scrum, the developer team uses a Scrumboard to coordinate their work. A Scrumboard contains a list of the stories for the current Sprint, the tasks associated with each Story, and the state of each task. The developer team uses the Scrumboard so everyone on the team can see, at a glance, what everyone is working on. As a developer works on a task, the task moves from state to state and the state of the task is updated on the Scrumboard. Common task states are ToDo, In Progress, and Done. Some teams include additional task states such as Needs Review or Needs Testing. Some teams use a physical Scrumboard. In that case, you use index cards to represent the stories and the tasks and you tack the index cards onto a physical board. Using a physical Scrumboard has several disadvantages. A physical Scrumboard does not work well with a distributed team – for example, it is hard to share the same physical Scrumboard between Boston and Seattle. Also, generating reports from a physical Scrumboard is more difficult than generating reports from an online Scrumboard. Estimating Stories and Tasks Stakeholders in a project, the people investing in a project, need to have an idea of how a project is progressing and when the project will be completed. For example, if you are investing in creating an e-commerce site, you need to know when the site can be launched. It is not enough to just say that “the project will be done when it is done” because the stakeholders almost certainly have a limited budget to devote to the project. The people investing in the project cannot determine the business value of the project unless they can have an estimate of how long it will take to complete the project. Developers hate to give estimates. The reason that developers hate to give estimates is that the estimates are almost always completely made up. For example, you really don’t know how long it takes to build a shopping cart until you finish building a shopping cart, and at that point, the estimate is no longer useful. The problem is that writing code is much more like Finding a Cure for Cancer than Building a Brick Wall. Building a brick wall is very straightforward. After you learn how to add one brick to a wall, you understand everything that is involved in adding a brick to a wall. There is no additional research required and no surprises. If, on the other hand, I assembled a team of scientists and asked them to find a cure for cancer, and estimate exactly how long it will take, they would have no idea. The problem is that there are too many unknowns. I don’t know how to cure cancer, I need to do a lot of research here, so I cannot even begin to estimate how long it will take. So developers hate to provide estimates, but the Product Owner and other product stakeholders, have a legitimate need for estimates. Scrum resolves this conflict by using the idea of Story Points. Different teams use different units to represent Story Points. For example, some teams use shirt sizes such as Small, Medium, Large, and X-Large. Some teams prefer to use Coffee Cup sizes such as Tall, Short, and Grande. Finally, some teams like to use numbers from the Fibonacci series. These alternative units are converted into a Story Point value. Regardless of the type of unit which you use to represent Story Points, the goal is the same. Instead of attempting to estimate a Story in hours (which is doomed to failure), you use a much less fine-grained measure of work. A developer team is much more likely to be able to estimate that a Story is Small or X-Large than the exact number of hours required to complete the story. So you can think of Story Points as a compromise between the needs of the Product Owner and the developer team. When a Sprint starts, the developer team devotes more time to thinking about the Stories in a Sprint and the developer team breaks the Stories into Tasks. In Scrum, you estimate the work required to complete a Story by using Story Points and you estimate the work required to complete a task by using hours. The difference between Stories and Tasks is that you don’t create a task until you are just about ready to start working on a task. A task is something that you should be able to create within a day, so you have a much better chance of providing an accurate estimate of the work required to complete a task than a story. Burndown Charts In Scrum, you use Burndown charts to represent the remaining work on a project. You use Release Burndown charts to represent the overall remaining work for a project and you use Sprint Burndown charts to represent the overall remaining work for a particular Sprint. You create a Release Burndown chart by calculating the remaining number of uncompleted Story Points for the entire Product Backlog every day. The vertical axis represents Story Points and the horizontal axis represents time. A Sprint Burndown chart is similar to a Release Burndown chart, but it focuses on the remaining work for a particular Sprint. There are two different types of Sprint Burndown charts. You can either represent the remaining work in a Sprint with Story Points or with task hours (the following image, taken from Wikipedia, uses hours). When each Product Backlog Story is completed, the Release Burndown chart slopes down. When each Story or task is completed, the Sprint Burndown chart slopes down. Burndown charts typically do not always slope down over time. As new work is added to the Product Backlog, the Release Burndown chart slopes up. If new tasks are discovered during a Sprint, the Sprint Burndown chart will also slope up. The purpose of a Burndown chart is to give you a way to track team progress over time. If, halfway through a Sprint, the Sprint Burndown chart is still climbing a hill then you know that you are in trouble. Team Velocity Stakeholders in a project always want more work done faster. For example, the Product Owner for the e-commerce site wants the website to launch before tomorrow. Developers tend to be overly optimistic. Rarely do developers acknowledge the physical limitations of reality. So Project stakeholders and the developer team often collude to delude themselves about how much work can be done and how quickly. Too many software projects begin in a state of optimism and end in frustration as deadlines zoom by. In Scrum, this problem is overcome by calculating a number called the Team Velocity. The Team Velocity is a measure of the average number of Story Points which a team has completed in previous Sprints. Knowing the Team Velocity is important during the Sprint Planning meeting when the Product Owner and the developer team work together to determine the number of stories which can be completed in the next Sprint. If you know the Team Velocity then you can avoid committing to do more work than the team has been able to accomplish in the past, and your team is much more likely to complete all of the work required for the next Sprint. Scrum Master There are three roles in Scrum: the Product Owner, the developer team, and the Scrum Master. I’v e already discussed the Product Owner. The Product Owner is the one and only person who maintains the Product Backlog and prioritizes the stories. I’ve also described the role of the developer team. The members of the developer team do the work of implementing the stories by breaking the stories into tasks. The final role, which I have not discussed, is the role of the Scrum Master. The Scrum Master is responsible for ensuring that the team is following the Scrum process. For example, the Scrum Master is responsible for making sure that there is a Daily Scrum meeting and that everyone answers the standard three questions. The Scrum Master is also responsible for removing (non-technical) impediments which the team might encounter. For example, if the team cannot start work until everyone installs the latest version of Microsoft Visual Studio then the Scrum Master has the responsibility of working with management to get the latest version of Visual Studio as quickly as possible. The Scrum Master can be a member of the developer team. Furthermore, different people can take on the role of the Scrum Master over time. The Scrum Master, however, cannot be the same person as the Product Owner. Using SonicAgile SonicAgile (SonicAgile.com) is an online tool which you can use to manage your projects using Scrum. You can use the SonicAgile Product Backlog to create a prioritized list of stories. You can estimate the size of the Stories using different Story Point units such as Shirt Sizes and Coffee Cup sizes. You can use SonicAgile during the Sprint Planning meeting to select the Stories that you want to complete during a particular Sprint. You can configure Sprints to be any length of time. SonicAgile calculates Team Velocity automatically and displays a warning when you add too many stories to a Sprint. In other words, it warns you when it thinks you are overcommitting in a Sprint. SonicAgile also includes a Scrumboard which displays the list of Stories selected for a Sprint and the tasks associated with each story. You can drag tasks from one task state to another. Finally, SonicAgile enables you to generate Release Burndown and Sprint Burndown charts. You can use these charts to view the progress of your team. To learn more about SonicAgile, visit SonicAgile.com. Summary In this post, I described many of the basic concepts of Scrum. You learned how a Product Owner uses a Product Backlog to create a prioritized list of tasks. I explained why work is completed in Sprints so the developer team can be more productive. I also explained how a developer team uses the daily scrum to coordinate their work. You learned how the developer team uses a Scrumboard to see, at a glance, who is working on what and the state of each task. I also discussed Burndown charts. You learned how you can use both Release and Sprint Burndown charts to track team progress in completing a project. Finally, I described the crucial role of the Scrum Master – the person who is responsible for ensuring that the rules of Scrum are being followed. My goal was not to describe all of the concepts of Scrum. This post was intended to be an introductory overview. For a comprehensive explanation of Scrum, I recommend reading Ken Schwaber’s book Agile Project Management with Scrum: http://www.amazon.com/Agile-Project-Management-Microsoft-Professional/dp/073561993X/ref=la_B001H6ODMC_1_1?ie=UTF8&qid=1345224000&sr=1-1

    Read the article

  • Building Awesome WM

    - by Dragan Chupacabrovic
    Hello, I am following these steps in order to build Awesome window manager on 10.04 I am building 3.4 while the tutorial is for 3.1 I installed all of the specified dependencies including cairo. EDIT I ran: sudo apt-get install libxcb-xtest0-dev libxcb-property1-dev libxdg-basedir-dev libstartup-notification0-dev and now it looks like I'm missing a library Please advise: awesome-3.4$ make Running cmake… -- cat - /bin/cat -- ln - /bin/ln -- grep - /bin/grep -- git - /usr/bin/git -- hostname - /bin/hostname -- gperf - /usr/bin/gperf -- asciidoc - /usr/bin/asciidoc -- xmlto - /usr/bin/xmlto -- gzip - /bin/gzip -- lua - /usr/bin/lua -- luadoc - /usr/bin/luadoc -- convert - /usr/bin/convert -- Configuring lib/naughty.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/tooltip.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/init.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/titlebar.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/key.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/mouse/init.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/mouse/finder.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/autofocus.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/screen.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/rules.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/init.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/taglist.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/graph.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/tasklist.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/common.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/prompt.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/launcher.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/button.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/layoutbox.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/layout/init.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/layout/vertical.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/layout/horizontal.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/layout/default.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/progressbar.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/widget/textclock.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/dbus.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/remote.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/client.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/prompt.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/completion.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/tag.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/util.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/button.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/menu.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/hooks.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/wibox.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/init.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/init.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/floating.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/fair.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/spiral.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/magnifier.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/tile.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/layout/suit/max.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/placement.lua -- Configuring lib/awful/startup_notification.lua -- Configuring lib/beautiful.lua -- Configuring themes/zenburn//theme.lua -- Configuring themes/default//theme.lua -- Configuring themes/sky//theme.lua -- Configuring config.h -- Configuring awesomerc.lua -- Configuring awesome-version-internal.h -- Configuring awesome.doxygen -- Configuring done -- Generating done -- Build files have been written to: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/.build-vedroid-i486-linux-gnu-4.4.3 Running make Makefile… Building… [ 4%] Built target generated_sources [ 5%] Building C object CMakeFiles/awesome.dir/awesome.c.o In file included from /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/spawn.h:25, from /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:33: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/globalconf.h:57: error: expected specifier-qualifier-list before ‘xcb_event_handlers_t’ In file included from /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:34: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/client.h: In function ‘client_stack’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/client.h:212: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘client_need_stack_refresh’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/client.h: In function ‘client_raise’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/client.h:227: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘stack’ In file included from /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:42: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/titlebar.h: In function ‘titlebar_update_geometry’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/titlebar.h:150: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘L’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/titlebar.h:151: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘L’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/titlebar.h:152: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘L’ In file included from /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:47: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/common/xutil.h: In function ‘xutil_get_text_property_from_reply’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/common/xutil.h:39: warning: ‘STRING’ is deprecated (declared at /usr/local/include/xcb/xcb_atom.h:83) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/common/xutil.h: At top level: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/common/xutil.h:60: error: expected ‘)’ before ‘*’ token /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c: In function ‘awesome_atexit’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:65: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘hooks’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:66: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘L’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:66: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘hooks’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:68: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘L’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:73: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘embedded’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:76: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘embedded’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:77: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘embedded’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘clients’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘clients’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘clients’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: warning: type defaults to ‘int’ in declaration of ‘c’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘clients’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘clients’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:89: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘clients’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:91: error: invalid type argument of ‘unary *’ (have ‘int’) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:92: error: invalid type argument of ‘unary *’ (have ‘int’) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:96: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘L’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c: In function ‘a_xcb_check_cb’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:223: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘xcb_event_handle’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:223: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:230: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c: In function ‘awesome_restart’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:277: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘argv’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c: In function ‘xerror’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:305: error: ‘XCB_EVENT_ERROR_BAD_WINDOW’ undeclared (first use in this function) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:305: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:305: error: for each function it appears in.) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:306: error: ‘XCB_EVENT_ERROR_BAD_MATCH’ undeclared (first use in this function) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:308: error: ‘XCB_EVENT_ERROR_BAD_VALUE’ undeclared (first use in this function) /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c: In function ‘main’: /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:369: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘keygrabber’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:370: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘mousegrabber’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:376: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘argv’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:377: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘argv’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:381: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘argv’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:382: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘argv’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:424: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:425: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘timer’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:425: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘timer’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:425: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘timer’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:425: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘timer’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:425: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘timer’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:425: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘timer’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:431: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:432: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:433: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:434: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:435: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:436: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:443: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘default_screen’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:450: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘have_xtest’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:462: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:464: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:465: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:467: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:468: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:471: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘xcb_event_handlers_init’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:471: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:472: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘xutil_error_handler_catch_all_set’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:472: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:490: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘xcb_event_poll_for_event_loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:490: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:493: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:496: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘keysyms’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:507: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘colors’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:510: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘colors’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:513: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘font’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:519: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘keysyms’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:519: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘numlockmask’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:520: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘shiftlockmask’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:520: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘capslockmask’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:521: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘modeswitchmask’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:563: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘evenths’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:572: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:575: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:576: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:577: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:578: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:579: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ /home/druden/util/awesome-3.4/awesome.c:580: error: ‘awesome_t’ has no member named ‘loop’ make[3]: * [CMakeFiles/awesome.dir/awesome.c.o] Error 1 make[2]: [CMakeFiles/awesome.dir/all] Error 2 make[1]: [all] Error 2 make: * [cmake-build] Error 2

    Read the article

  • On automating a split-mirror ASM backup with EMC TimeFinder ...

    - by [email protected]
    Normal 0 21 false false false MicrosoftInternetExplorer4 st1\:*{behavior:url(#ieooui) } /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0cm; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:10.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-ansi-language:#0400; mso-fareast-language:#0400; mso-bidi-language:#0400;} Hi clerks,   Offloading the backup operation to another host using disk cloning could really improve the performance on highly busy databases ( 24x7, zero downtime and all this stuff ...) There are well know white papers on this subject, ASM included, but today Im showing you a nice way to automate the procedure using shell scripting with EMC TimeFinder technologies:   Assumptions: *********** ASM diskgroups name:   +data_${db_name} : asm data diskgroup +fra_${db_name} :  asm fra  diskgroup   EMC Time Finder sync groups name:   rac_${DB_NAME}_data_tf : data group rac_${DB_NAME}_fra_tf:   fra group     There are two scripts, one located on the production box ( bck_database.sh ) and the other one on the backup server node ( bck_database_mirror.sh ) The second one is remotly executed from the production host There are a bunch of variables along the code with selfexplanatory names I guess, anyway let me know if you want some help     #!/bin/ksh ### ###  Copyright (c) 1988, 2010, Oracle Corporation.  All Rights Reserved. ### ###    NAME ###     bck_database.sh ### ###    DESCRIPTION ###     Database backup on third mirror ### ###    RETURNS ### ###    NOTES ### ###    MODIFIED                                 (DD/MM/YY) ###    Oracle            28/01/10             - Creacion ###   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` V_FICH_LOG=`dirname $0`/trace_dir_location/`basename $0`.${V_DATE}.log exec 4>&1 tee ${V_FICH_LOG} >&4 |& exec 1>&p 2>&1     ADMIN_DIR=`dirname $0` . ${ADMIN_DIR}/setenv_instance.sh -- This script should set the instance vars like Oracle Home, Sid, db_name ... if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when setting the environment."   exit 1 fi   echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Executing database backup: ${DB_NAME}" echo "####################################################################"   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Sync asm data diskgroups ..." echo "####################################################################" sudo symmir -g rac_${DB_NAME}_data_tf establish -noprompt if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when sync asm data diskgroups"   exit 2 fi V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Verifying asm data disks ..." echo "####################################################################" sudo symmir -g rac_${DB_NAME}_data_tf -i 30 verify if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when verifying asm data diskgroups"   exit 3 fi     V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Sync asm fra diskgroups ..." echo "####################################################################" sudo symmir -g rac_${DB_NAME}_fra_tf establish -noprompt if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when sync asm fra diskgroups"   exit 4 fi V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Verifying asm fra disks ..." echo "####################################################################" sudo symmir -g rac_${DB_NAME}_fra_tf -i 30 verify if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when verifying asm fra diskgroups"   exit 5 fi   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "ASM sync sucessfully completed!" echo "####################################################################"     V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Updating status ${DB_NAME} to BEGIN BACKUP ..." echo "####################################################################" sqlplus -s /nolog <<-!   whenever sqlerror exit 1   connect / as sysdba   whenever sqlerror exit   alter system archive log current;   alter database ${DB_NAME} begin backup; ! if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when updating database status to BEGIN backup"   exit 6 fi   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Splitting asm data disks....." echo "####################################################################" sudo symmir -g rac_${DB_NAME}_data_tf split -noprompt if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when splitting asm data disks"   exit 7 fi   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Updating status ${DB_NAME} to END BACKUP ..." echo "####################################################################" sqlplus -s /nolog <<-!   whenever sqlerror exit 1   connect / as sysdba   whenever sqlerror exit   alter database ${DB_NAME} end backup;   alter system archive log current; ! if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when updating database status to END backup"   exit 8 fi   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Generating controlfile copies...." echo "####################################################################" rman<<-! connect target / run { allocate channel ch1 type DISK; copy current controlfile to '+FRA_${DB_NAME}/${DB_NAME}/CONTROLFILE/control_mount.ctl'; copy current controlfile to '+FRA_${DB_NAME}/${DB_NAME}/CONTROLFILE/control_backup.ctl'; } ! if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error generating controlfile copies"   exit 9 fi V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Resync RMAN catalog ....." echo "####################################################################" rman<<-! connect target / connect catalog ${V_RMAN_USR}/${V_RMAN_PWD}@${V_DB_CATALOG} resync catalog; ! if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when resyncing RMAN catalog"   exit 10 fi   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Splitting asm fra disks....." echo "####################################################################" sudo symmir -g rac_${DB_NAME}_fra_tf split -noprompt if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when splitting asm fra disks"   exit 11 fi     echo "WARNING!: Calling bck_database_mirror.sh host ${NODE_BCK_SERVER}..." ssh ${NODO_BCK_SERVER} ${ADMIN_DIR_BCK}/bck_database_mirror.sh if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error, when remote executing the backup "   exit 12 fi V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S` echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Cleaning the archived redo logs already copied to tape ..." echo "####################################################################" rman<<-! connect target / connect catalog ${V_RMAN_USR}/${V_RMAN_PWD}@${V_DB_CATALOG} run { resync catalog; delete noprompt archivelog all backed up 1 times to device type sbt; } ! if [ $? -ne 0 ] then   echo "Error when cleaning the archived redo logs"   exit 13 fi echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################" echo "Backup sucessfully executed!!" echo "####################################################################" exit 0   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------** BACKUP SERVER NODE ** ----------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------   #!/bin/ksh ### ###  Copyright (c) 1988, 2010, Oracle Corporation.  All Rights Reserved. ### ###    ###    NAME ###     bck_database_mirror.sh ### ###    DESCRIPTION ###      Backup @ backup server ### ###    RETURNS ### ###    NOTES ### ###    MODIFIED                                 (DD/MM/YY) ###      Oracle                    28/01/10     - Creacion         V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S`   echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################"   echo "Starting ASM instance ..."   echo "####################################################################"   ${V_ADMIN_DIR}/start_asm.sh -- This script is supposed to start the ASM instance in the backup server   if [ $? -ne 0 ]   then     echo "Error when tying to start ASM instance."     exit 1   fi       . ${V_ADMIN_DIR}/setenv_asm.sh -- This script is supposed to set the env. variables of the ASM instance   if [ $? -ne 0 ]   then     echo "Error when setting the ASM environment"     exit 1   fi       V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S`   echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################"   echo "The asm diskgroups/disks dettected are the following ..."   echo "####################################################################"     sqlplus /nolog <<-!     whenever sqlerror exit 1     connect / as sysdba     whenever sqlerror exit     SET LINES 200     COL PATH FORMAT A25     SELECT DISK.MOUNT_STATUS, DISK.PATH, DISK.NAME, DISK_GROUP.NAME, DISK_GROUP.TOTAL_MB FROM V\$ASM_DISK DISK, V\$ASM_DISKGROUP DISK_GROUP WHERE DISK.GROUP_NUMBER=DISK_GROUP.GROUP_NUMBER; !       V_ADMIN_DIR=`dirname $0`   . ${V_ADMIN_DIR}/setenv_instance.sh -- This script is supposed to set the env. variables of the database instance   if [ $? -ne 0 ]   then     echo "Error when setting the database instance environment"     exit 1   fi     V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S`   echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################"   echo "Starting ${DB_NAME} in MOUNT mode..."   echo "####################################################################"   ${V_ADMIN_DIR}/start_instance_mount.sh -- This script is supposed to do a startup mount   if [ $? -ne 0 ]   then     echo "Error starting  ${DB_NAME} in MOUNT mode"     exit 1   fi   V_DATE=`/bin/date +%Y%m%d_%H%M%S`   echo "${V_DATE} ####################################################"   echo "Executing RMAN backup..."   echo "####################################################################"   rman<<-!   connect target /   connect catalog ${V_RMAN_USR}/${V_RMAN_PWD}@${V_DB_CATALOG}   run {   allocate channel ch1 type 'SBT_TAPE' parms'ENV=(TDPO_OPTFILE=/opt/tivoli/tsm/client/oracle/bin64/tdpo.opt)'; -- TDPO Media Library   crosscheck archivelog all;   backup tag BCK_CONTROLFILE_ST_${DB_NAME}   format 'ctl_%d_%s__%p_%t'   controlfilecopy '+FRA_${DB_NAME}/${DB_NAME}/CONTROLFILE/control_backup.ctl';   backup tag BCK_DATAFILE_ST_${DB_NAME} full   format 'db_%d_%s_%p_%t'database;   backup tag BCK_ARCHLOG_ST_${DB_NAME} format 'al_%d_%s_%p_%t' archivelog all;   release channel ch1;   } !   if [ $? -ne 0 ]   then     echo "Error executing the RMAN backup"     exit 1   fi     ${V_ADMIN_DIR}/stop_instance_immediate.sh -- This script is supposed to do a shutdown immediate of the database instance   ${ADMIN_DIR}/stop_asm_immediate.sh -- This script is supposed to do a shutdown immediate of the ASM instance   exit 0     fi   Hope it helps someone! --L

    Read the article

  • CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, February 24, 2011

    CodePlex Daily Summary for Thursday, February 24, 2011Popular ReleasesInstant Feature Builder for Visual Studio 2010: Instant Feature Builder 1.2: This is the binary version of the Instant Feature Builder. Once downloaded, double click to install into Visual Studio. Version 1.2 fixes: Rename FX to IFB to shorten path lengths Fix issue in ExecuteCommand Fix issue to workaround problem with VS Template writer The Instant Feature Builder is a tool which enables you, via drag-and-drop, to build a specific type of Visual Studio extension (VSIX) known as a Feature Extension. A Feature Extension packages project and/or item templates,...DirectQ: Release 1.8.7 (Beta): Beta release of 1.8.7 to get feedback on what works well, what doesn't work well, and what doesn't work at all. D3D9 hardware with ps2.0 a must. Faster, more streamlined and more integrated rendering capabilities with additional MP features and support.Smartkernel: Smartkernel: ????,??????Chiave File Encryption: Chiave 0.9.1: Application for file encryption and decryption using 512 Bit rijndael encyrption algorithm with simple to use UI. Its written in C# and compiled in .Net version 3.5. It incorporates features of Windows 7 like Jumplists, Taskbar progress and Aero Glass. Change Log from 0.9 Beta to 0.9.1: ======================= >Added option for system shutdown, sleep, hibernate after operation completed. >Minor Changes to the UI. >Numerous Bug fixes. Feedbacks are Welcome!....DotNetNuke® Store: 03.00.00: What's New in this release? IMPORTANT: this version requires DotNetNuke 04.06.02 or higher! DO NOT REPORT BUGS HERE IN THE ISSUE TRACKER, INSTEAD USE THE DotNetNuke Store Forum! This version is the same code base as the version 02.01.51 RC, just some cleaning and source code release before submition to the release tracker for "official" release.ClosedXML - The easy way to OpenXML: ClosedXML 0.45.2: New on this release: 1) Added data validation. See Data Validation 2) Deleting or clearing cells deletes the hyperlinks too. New on v0.45.1 1) Fixed issues 6237, 6240 New on v0.45.2 1) Fixed issues 6257, 6266 New Examples Data ValidationOMEGA CMS: OMEGA CMA - Alpha 0.2: A few fixes for OMEGA Framework (DLL) A few tweeks for OMEGA CMSCoding4Fun Tools: Coding4Fun.Phone.Toolkit v1.2: New control, Toast Prompt! Removed progress bar since Silverlight Toolkit Feb 2010 has it.Umbraco CMS: Umbraco 4.7: Service release fixing 31 issues. A full changelog will be available with the final stable release of 4.7 Important when upgradingUpgrade as if it was a patch release (update /bin, /umbraco and /umbraco_client). For general upgrade information follow the guide found at http://our.umbraco.org/wiki/install-and-setup/upgrading-an-umbraco-installation 4.7 requires the .NET 4.0 framework Web.Config changes Update the web web.config to include the 4 changes found in (they're clearly marked in...HubbleDotNet - Open source full-text search engine: V1.1.0.0: Add Sqlite3 DBAdapter Add App Report when Query Cache is Collecting. Improve the performance of index through Synchronize. Add top 0 feature so that we can only get count of the result. Improve the score calculating algorithm of match. Let the score of the record that match all items large then others. Add MySql DBAdapter Improve performance for multi-fields sort . Using hash table to access the Payload data. The version before used bin search. Using heap sort instead of qui...Xen: Graphics API for XNA: Xen 2.0: This is the final release of Xen; Xen 2.0. Xen 2.0 supports PC and Xbox 360 running XNA 4. The documentation download is coming soon Due to restrictions in XNA 4, Building Xen requires a DirectX 10 capable video card (Xen applications can still run on Windows Xp and DirectX 9 video cards)Silverlight????[???]: silverlight????[???]2.0: ???????,?????,????????silverlight??????。DBSourceTools: DBSourceTools_1.3.0.0: Release 1.3.0.0 Changed editors from FireEdit to ICSharpCode.TextEditor. Complete re-vamp of Intellisense ( further testing needed). Hightlight Field and Table Names in sql scripts. Added field dropdown on all tables and views in DBExplorer. Added data option for viewing data in Tables. Fixed comment / uncomment bug as reported by tareq. Included Synonyms in scripting engine ( nickt_ch ).IronPython: 2.7 Release Candidate 1: We are pleased to announce the first Release Candidate for IronPython 2.7. This release contains over two dozen bugs fixed in preparation for 2.7 Final. See the release notes for 60193 for details and what has already been fixed in the earlier 2.7 prereleases. - IronPython TeamCaliburn Micro: A Micro-Framework for WPF, Silverlight and WP7: Caliburn.Micro 1.0 RC: This is the official Release Candicate for Caliburn.Micro 1.0. The download contains the binaries, samples and VS templates. VS Templates The templates included are designed for situations where the Caliburn.Micro source needs to be embedded within a single project solution. This was targeted at government and other organizations that expressed specific requirements around using an open source project like this. NuGet This release does not have a corresponding NuGet package. The NuGet pack...Caliburn: A Client Framework for WPF and Silverlight: Caliburn 2.0 RC: This is the official Release Candidate for Caliburn 2.0. It contains all binaries, samples and generated code docs.Rawr: Rawr 4.0.20 Beta: Rawr is now web-based. The link to use Rawr4 is: http://elitistjerks.com/rawr.phpThis is the Cataclysm Beta Release. More details can be found at the following link http://rawr.codeplex.com/Thread/View.aspx?ThreadId=237262 As of the 4.0.16 release, you can now also begin using the new Downloadable WPF version of Rawr!This is a pre-alpha release of the WPF version, there are likely to be a lot of issues. If you have a problem, please follow the Posting Guidelines and put it into the Issue Trac...MiniTwitter: 1.66: MiniTwitter 1.66 ???? ?? ?????????? 2 ??????????????????? User Streams ?????????Windows Phone 7 Isolated Storage Explorer: WP7 Isolated Storage Explorer v1.0 Beta: Current release features:WPF desktop explorer client Visual Studio integrated tool window explorer client (Visual Studio 2010 Professional and above) Supported operations: Refresh (isolated storage information), Add Folder, Add Existing Item, Download File, Delete Folder, Delete File Explorer supports operations running on multiple remote applications at the same time Explorer detects application disconnect (1-2 second delay) Explorer confirms operation completed status Explorer d...Silverlight Toolkit: Silverlight for Windows Phone Toolkit - Feb 2011: Silverlight for Windows Phone Toolkit OverviewSilverlight for Windows Phone Toolkit offers developers additional controls for Windows Phone application development, designed to match the rich user experience of the Windows Phone 7. Suggestions? Features? Questions? Ask questions in the Create.msdn.com forum. Add bugs or feature requests to the Issue Tracker. Help us shape the Silverlight Toolkit with your feedback! Please clearly indicate that the work items and issues are for the phone t...New ProjectsCompetition Management Platform: Paragliding Competition Management PlatformCS424 B2 Group - Car Management: CS424 B2 Group - Car ManagementEMS: The main aim of the system to perform environment inventorization.EVVA: EVVA ist ein Softwareprojekt zur Unterstützung privater Arbeitsvermittler FileSocialVB: A library to work with the filesocial.com web site and API through VB.NET. This is actually an offshoot of the http://twittervb.codeplex.com project. Though smaller, this will lead to a more compact library.Hash Crack - IGProgram: Hash Crack is a software program for hashes and passwords cracking. Hash Crack use dictionary or set of symbols for hashes cracking, and also support pwdump file format for Windows passwords cracking NTHash MD4. MD2, MD4, MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, SHA512Imail Spammer Killer: Bots seem to love picking off the weak passwords of IpSwitch IMail v10 users and using SMTP auth to spam the world with their new found account access. This project is a windows service to isolate and stop this activity by disabling the violated user account as it occurs.JVS2USB: Montage permettant de relier une IO ( capcom / Sega ) sur un PC via l'USB !!Library Reminder: Library ReminderMAVI: mobile application for the visually impaired: bill recognition & tag and recognize objects based on a specific stickerMessage splliting without envelope in Biztalk 2009: Message splitting without envelope in Biztalk 2009. The project contains: - Source Code - Examples Article describing how to make it:Microsoft translator: Language translator designed to test Microsoft Translator web service API In Windows Phone 7 developed using Visual Studio 2010 in C#mrmuffin: Mr Muffin WP7 game for childrenNetwork Monitor: Simple application with a vu-meter style display of recent incoming network traffic. - Requires .NET 4, - Requires WinPCap (http://www.winpcap.org/) - Only tested to run under Windows 7NPhysics: NPhysics - Physical Data Types for .NETOpen SimRacing Results: Open SimRacing Results aims to provide an open standard for race results of PC SimRacing games (like iRacing, rFactor, NR2003, ...), allowing developers of league management systems to use a unique interface to get the results from, regardless of the simulation used.Orchard Image Gallery: Orchard Image Gallery project is intented to provide a Image Gallery content part and/or widget for the Orchard Project.Planning Poker for Windows Phone 7: Play planning poker on your Windows Phone 7.Publishing and consuming WCF in Biztalk 2009 and Visual Studio 2008: The file contains: Biztalk 2009 Project, C# Console Project, Example. Push Notification for Windows Phone 7 in php: WindowsPhonePushNotification enables you to use Microsoft Push Notification Service in phpQuksace Agjke: For more information, please visit <http://students.cs.tamu.edu/abe/IS_and_R/HW3/quksace%20agjke.html>. http://students.cs.tamu.edu/abe/IS_and_R/HW3/quksace%20agjke.html Read: a "GNU Make"-like utility for viewing Readme files: Read is a simple program to easily load and read README files on a UNIX-compliant system. It works in a similar way to GNU Make by searching a directory for a compatible file, in this case a Readme file, and loading it for reading using a text editor or viewer.SQL CE 3.5 persistence mapper for ECO IV: May need some adjustments for ECO V/VI, definitely needs some rewrite to support SQL CE 4.0 fullySQL Server Job Failure Notification System: A simple means of ensuring you know when SQLAgent jobs fail.SuperQuery: SuperQuery makes it easy to run the same batch of SQL across several databases on different SQL servers. SuperQuery supports all editions and versions of SQL Server from 2000 onwards. It is developed in C# using .NET 4 Client Profile.System.Net.Mail Extended: An Extension to the System.Net.Mail Namespace, adding a POP3 Client, Enhanced SMTP Client, IMAP Client, POP3 Server, SMTP Server, and IMAP Serve, all written in Visual C#.wow-combatlogs: A PowerShell module for working with combat logs generated by World of Warcraft.WPF UndoManager: WPF UndoManager provides a simple Undomanager on the base of WPF's CommandPattern. It use an implementation of the ICommand-interface to manage a history of actions.XO / TicTacToe game: Dynamic sized XO / TicTacToe game for Windows Phone 7 Build using Visual Studio 2010 and C#

    Read the article

  • Know more about Enqueue Deadlock Detection

    - by Liu Maclean(???)
    ??? ORACLE ALLSTAR???????????????????,??????? ???????enqueue lock?????????3 ??????,????????????????????????????ora-00060 dead lock??process???3s: SQL> select * from v$version; BANNER ---------------------------------------------------------------- Oracle Database 10g Enterprise Edition Release 10.2.0.5.0 - 64bi PL/SQL Release 10.2.0.5.0 - Production CORE 10.2.0.5.0 Production TNS for Linux: Version 10.2.0.5.0 - Production NLSRTL Version 10.2.0.5.0 - Production SQL> select * from global_name; GLOBAL_NAME -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- www.oracledatabase12g.com PROCESS A: set timing on; update maclean1 set t1=t1+1; PROCESS B: update maclean2 set t1=t1+1; PROCESS A: update maclean2 set t1=t1+1; PROCESS B: update maclean1 set t1=t1+1; ??3s? PROCESS A ?? ERROR at line 1: ORA-00060: deadlock detected while waiting for resource Elapsed: 00:00:03.02 ????Process A????????????? 3s,?????????????,??????? ?????????? ???????: SQL> col name for a30 SQL> col value for a5 SQL> col DESCRIB for a50 SQL> set linesize 140 pagesize 1400 SQL> SELECT x.ksppinm NAME, y.ksppstvl VALUE, x.ksppdesc describ 2 FROM SYS.x$ksppi x, SYS.x$ksppcv y 3 WHERE x.inst_id = USERENV ('Instance') 4 AND y.inst_id = USERENV ('Instance') 5 AND x.indx = y.indx 6 AND x.ksppinm='_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs'; NAME VALUE DESCRIB ------------------------------ ----- -------------------------------------------------- _enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs 0 deadlock scan interval SQL> alter system set "_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs"=18 scope=spfile; System altered. Elapsed: 00:00:00.01 SQL> startup force; ORACLE instance started. Total System Global Area 851443712 bytes Fixed Size 2100040 bytes Variable Size 738198712 bytes Database Buffers 104857600 bytes Redo Buffers 6287360 bytes Database mounted. Database opened. PROCESS A: SQL> set timing on; SQL> update maclean1 set t1=t1+1; 1 row updated. Elapsed: 00:00:00.06 Process B SQL> update maclean2 set t1=t1+1; 1 row updated. SQL> update maclean1 set t1=t1+1; Process A: SQL> SQL> alter session set events '10704 trace name context forever,level 10:10046 trace name context forever,level 8'; Session altered. SQL> update maclean2 set t1=t1+1; update maclean2 set t1=t1+1 * ERROR at line 1: ORA-00060: deadlock detected while waiting for resource  Elapsed: 00:00:18.05 ksqcmi: TX,90011,4a9 mode=6 timeout=21474836 WAIT #12: nam='enq: TX - row lock contention' ela= 2930070 name|mode=1415053318 usn<<16 | slot=589841 sequence=1193 obj#=56810 tim=1308114759849120 WAIT #12: nam='enq: TX - row lock contention' ela= 2930636 name|mode=1415053318 usn<<16 | slot=589841 sequence=1193 obj#=56810 tim=1308114762779801 WAIT #12: nam='enq: TX - row lock contention' ela= 2930439 name|mode=1415053318 usn<<16 | slot=589841 sequence=1193 obj#=56810 tim=1308114765710430 *** 2012-06-12 09:58:43.089 WAIT #12: nam='enq: TX - row lock contention' ela= 2931698 name|mode=1415053318 usn<<16 | slot=589841 sequence=1193 obj#=56810 tim=1308114768642192 WAIT #12: nam='enq: TX - row lock contention' ela= 2930428 name|mode=1415053318 usn<<16 | slot=589841 sequence=1193 obj#=56810 tim=1308114771572755 WAIT #12: nam='enq: TX - row lock contention' ela= 2931408 name|mode=1415053318 usn<<16 | slot=589841 sequence=1193 obj#=56810 tim=1308114774504207 DEADLOCK DETECTED ( ORA-00060 ) [Transaction Deadlock] The following deadlock is not an ORACLE error. It is a deadlock due to user error in the design of an application or from issuing incorrect ad-hoc SQL. The following information may aid in determining the deadlock: ??????Process A?’enq: TX – row lock contention’ ?????ORA-00060 deadlock detected????3s ??? 18s , ???hidden parameter “_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs”?????,????????0? ??????????: SQL> alter system set "_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs"=4 scope=spfile; System altered. Elapsed: 00:00:00.01 SQL> alter system set "_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec"=9 scope=spfile; System altered. Elapsed: 00:00:00.00 SQL> startup force; ORACLE instance started. Total System Global Area 851443712 bytes Fixed Size 2100040 bytes Variable Size 738198712 bytes Database Buffers 104857600 bytes Redo Buffers 6287360 bytes Database mounted. Database opened. SQL> set linesize 140 pagesize 1400 SQL> show parameter dead NAME TYPE VALUE ------------------------------------ -------------------------------- ------------------------------ _enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs integer 4 _enqueue_deadlock_time_sec integer 9 SQL> set timing on SQL> select * from maclean1 for update wait 8; T1 ---------- 11 Elapsed: 00:00:00.01 PROCESS B SQL> select * from maclean2 for update wait 8; T1 ---------- 3 SQL> select * from maclean1 for update wait 8; select * from maclean1 for update wait 8 PROCESS A SQL> select * from maclean2 for update wait 8; select * from maclean2 for update wait 8 * ERROR at line 1: ORA-30006: resource busy; acquire with WAIT timeout expired Elapsed: 00:00:08.00 ???????? ??? select for update wait?enqueue request timeout ?????8s? ,???????”_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs”=4(deadlock scan interval),?4s???deadlock detected,????Process A????deadlock ???, ??????? ??Process A?????8s?raised??”ORA-30006: resource busy; acquire with WAIT timeout expired”??,??ORA-00060,?????process A???????? ????????”_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec”(requests with timeout <= this will not have deadlock detection)???,?enqueue request time < “_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec”?Server process?????dead lock detection,?????????enqueue request ??????timeout??????(_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec????5,?timeout<5s),???????????????;??????timeout>”_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec”???,Oracle????????????????????? ??????????: SQL> show parameter dead NAME TYPE VALUE ------------------------------------ -------------------------------- ------------------------------ _enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs integer 4 _enqueue_deadlock_time_sec integer 9 Process A: SQL> set timing on; SQL> select * from maclean1 for update wait 10; T1 ---------- 11 Process B: SQL> select * from maclean2 for update wait 10; T1 ---------- 3 SQL> select * from maclean1 for update wait 10; PROCESS A: SQL> select * from maclean2 for update wait 10; select * from maclean2 for update wait 10 * ERROR at line 1: ORA-00060: deadlock detected while waiting for resource Elapsed: 00:00:06.02 ??????? select for update wait 10?10s??, ?? 10s?????_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec???(9s),??Process A???????? ???????????????6s ???????_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs?4s ? ???????????,???????????_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs?????????3???? ??: enqueue lock?????????????? 1. ?????????deadlock detection??3s????, ????????_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs(deadlock scan interval)???,??????0,????????_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs?????????3???, ?_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs=0 ??3s??, ?_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs=4??6s??,????? 2. ???????_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec(requests with timeout <= this will not have deadlock detection)???,?enqueue request timeout< _enqueue_deadlock_time_sec(????5),?Server process?????????enqueue request timeout>_enqueue_deadlock_time_sec ????_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs???????, ??request timeout??????select for update wait [TIMEOUT]??? ??: ???10.2.0.1?????????2?hidden parameter , ???patchset 10.2.0.3????? _enqueue_deadlock_time_sec, ?patchset 10.2.0.5??????_enqueue_deadlock_scan_secs? ?????RAC???????????10s, ???????_lm_dd_interval(dd time interval in seconds) ,????????8.0.6???? ???????????????,??????,  ?10g???????60s,?11g???????10s?  ???????11g??_lm_dd_interval?????????????,?????11g??LMD????????????,??????????RAC?LMD?Deadlock Detection???????CPU,???11g?Oracle????Team???LMD????????CPU????: ????????11g?LMD???????,???????11g??? UTS TRACE ????? DD???: SQL> select * from v$version; BANNER -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Oracle Database 11g Enterprise Edition Release 11.2.0.3.0 - 64bit Production PL/SQL Release 11.2.0.3.0 - Production CORE 11.2.0.3.0 Production TNS for Linux: Version 11.2.0.3.0 - Production NLSRTL Version 11.2.0.3.0 - Production SQL> SQL> select * from global_name 2 ; GLOBAL_NAME -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- www.oracledatabase12g.com SQL> alter system set "_lm_dd_interval"=20 scope=spfile; System altered. SQL> startup force; ORACLE instance started. Total System Global Area 1570009088 bytes Fixed Size 2228704 bytes Variable Size 1325403680 bytes Database Buffers 234881024 bytes Redo Buffers 7495680 bytes Database mounted. Database opened. SQL> set linesize 140 pagesize 1400 SQL> show parameter lm_dd NAME TYPE VALUE ------------------------------------ -------------------------------- ------------------------------ _lm_dd_interval integer 20 SQL> select count(*) from gv$instance; COUNT(*) ---------- 2 instance 1: SQL> oradebug setorapid 12 Oracle pid: 12, Unix process pid: 8608, image: [email protected] (LMD0) ? LMD0??? UTS TRACE??RAC???????????? SQL> oradebug event 10046 trace name context forever,level 8:10708 trace name context forever,level 103: trace[rac.*] disk high; Statement processed. Elapsed: 00:00:00.00 SQL> update maclean1 set t1=t1+1; 1 row updated. instance 2: SQL> update maclean2 set t1=t1+1; 1 row updated. SQL> update maclean1 set t1=t1+1; Instance 1: SQL> update maclean2 set t1=t1+1; update maclean2 set t1=t1+1 * ERROR at line 1: ORA-00060: deadlock detected while waiting for resource Elapsed: 00:00:20.51 LMD0???UTS TRACE 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929284 : [kjmpbmsg:process][type 22][msg 0x7fa620ac85a8][from 1][seq 8148.0][len 192] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346 : [kjmxmpm][type 22][seq 0.0][msg 0x7fa620ac85a8][from 1] *** 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929 * kjddind: received DDIND msg with subtype x6 * reqp->dd_master_inst_kjxmddi == 1 * kjddind: dump sgh: 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: kjddind: req->timestamp [0.15], kjddt [0.13] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: >> DDmsg:KJX_DD_REMOTE,TS[0.15],Inst 1->2,ddxid[id1,id2,inst:2097153,31,1],ddlock[0x95023930,829],ddMasterInst 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: lock [0x95023930,829], op = [mast] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: reqp->timestamp [0.15], kjddt [0.13] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: kjddind: updated local timestamp [0.15] * kjddind: case KJX_DD_REMOTE 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: ADD IO NODE WFG: 0 frame pointer 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: PUSH: type=res, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9af40, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: PROCESS: type=res, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9af40, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: POP: type=res, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9af40, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: kjddopr[TX 0xe000c.0x32][ext 0x5,0x0]: blocking lock 0xbbb9a800, owner 2097154 of inst 2 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: PUSH: type=txn, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9a800, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: PROCESS: type=txn, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9a800, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: ADD NODE TO WFG: type=txn, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9a800, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: POP: type=txn, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbb9a800, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: kjddopt: converting lock 0xbbce92f8 on 'TX' 0x80016.0x5d4,txid [2097154,34]of inst 2 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: PUSH: type=res, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbce92f8, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: PROCESS: type=res, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbce92f8, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929346*: ADD NODE TO WFG: type=res, enqueue(0xffffffff.0xffffffff)=0xbbce92f8, block=KJUSEREX, snode=1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929855 : GSIPC:AMBUF: rcv buff 0x7fa620aa8cd8, pool rcvbuf, rqlen 1102 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929878 : GSIPC:GPBMSG: new bmsg 0x7fa620aa8d48 mb 0x7fa620aa8cd8 msg 0x7fa620aa8d68 mlen 192 dest x100 flushsz -1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929878*: << DDmsg:KJX_DD_REMOTE,TS[0.15],Inst 2->1,ddxid[id1,id2,inst:2097153,31,1],ddlock[0x95023930,829],ddMasterInst 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929878*: lock [0xbbce92f8,287], op = [mast] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929878*: ADD IO NODE WFG: 0 frame pointer 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929923 : [kjmpbmsg:compl][msg 0x7fa620ac8588][typ p][nmsgs 1][qtime 0][ptime 0] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929947 : GSIPC:PBAT: flush start. flag 0x79 end 0 inc 4.4 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929963 : GSIPC:PBAT: send bmsg 0x7fa620aa8d48 blen 224 dest 1.0 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929979 : GSIPC:SNDQ: enq msg 0x7fa620aa8d48, type 65521 seq 8325, inst 1, receiver 0, queued 1 012-06-12 22:27:00.929979 : GSIPC:SNDQ: enq msg 0x7fa620aa8d48, type 65521 seq 8325, inst 1, receiver 0, queued 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.929996 : GSIPC:BSEND: flushing sndq 0xb491dd28, id 0, dcx 0xbc517770, inst 1, rcvr 0 qlen 0 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.930014 : GSIPC:BSEND: no batch1 msg 0x7fa620aa8d48 type 65521 len 224 dest (1:0) 2012-06-12 22:27:00.930088 : kjbsentscn[0x0.3f72dc][to 1] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.930144 : GSIPC:SENDM: send msg 0x7fa620aa8d48 dest x10000 seq 8325 type 65521 tkts x1 mlen xe00110 2012-06-12 22:27:00.930531 : GSIPC:KSXPCB: msg 0x7fa620aa8d48 status 30, type 65521, dest 1, rcvr 0 WAIT #0: nam='ges remote message' ela= 1372 waittime=80 loop=0 p3=74 obj#=-1 tim=1339554420931640 2012-06-12 22:27:00.931728 : GSIPC:RCVD: ksxp msg 0x7fa620af6490 sndr 1 seq 0.8149 type 65521 tkts 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.931746 : GSIPC:RCVD: watq msg 0x7fa620af6490 sndr 1, seq 8149, type 65521, tkts 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.931763 : GSIPC:RCVD: seq update (0.8148)->(0.8149) tp -15 fg 0x4 from 1 pbattr 0x0 2012-06-12 22:27:00.931779 : GSIPC:TKT: collect msg 0x7fa620af6490 from 1 for rcvr 0, tickets 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.931794 : kjbrcvdscn[0x0.3f72dc][from 1][idx 2012-06-12 22:27:00.931810 : kjbrcvdscn[no bscn dd_master_inst_kjxmddi == 1 * kjddind: dump sgh: NXTIN (nil) 0 wq 0 cvtops x0 0x0.0x0(ext 0x0,0x0)[0000-0000-00000000] inst 1 BLOCKER 0xbbb9a800 5 wq 1 cvtops x28 TX 0xe000c.0x32(ext 0x5,0x0)[20000-0002-00000022] inst 2 BLOCKED 0xbbce92f8 5 wq 2 cvtops x1 TX 0x80016.0x5d4(ext 0x2,0x0)[20000-0002-00000022] inst 2 NXTOUT (nil) 0 wq 0 cvtops x0 0x0.0x0(ext 0x0,0x0)[0000-0000-00000000] inst 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.932058*: kjddind: req->timestamp [0.15], kjddt [0.15] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.932058*: >> DDmsg:KJX_DD_VALIDATE,TS[0.15],Inst 1->2,ddxid[id1,id2,inst:2097153,31,1],ddlock[0x95023930,829],ddMasterInst 1 2012-06-12 22:27:00.932058*: lock [(nil),0], op = [vald_dd] 2012-06-12 22:27:00.932058*: kjddind: updated local timestamp [0.15] * kjddind: case KJX_DD_VALIDATE *** 2012-06-12 22:27:00.932 * kjddvald called: kjxmddi stuff: * cont_lockp (nil) * dd_lockp 0x95023930 * dd_inst 1 * dd_master_inst 1 * sgh graph: NXTIN (nil) 0 wq 0 cvtops x0 0x0.0x0(ext 0x0,0x0)[0000-0000-00000000] inst 1 BLOCKER 0xbbb9a800 5 wq 1 cvtops x28 TX 0xe000c.0x32(ext 0x5,0x0)[20000-0002-00000022] inst 2 BLOCKED 0xbbce92f8 5 wq 2 cvtops x1 TX 0x80016.0x5d4(ext 0x2,0x0)[20000-0002-00000022] inst 2 NXTOUT (nil) 0 wq 0 cvtops x0 0x0.0x0(ext 0x0,0x0)[0000-0000-00000000] inst 1 POP WFG NODE: lock=(nil) * kjddvald: dump the PRQ: BLOCKER 0xbbb9a800 5 wq 1 cvtops x28 TX 0xe000c.0x32(ext 0x5,0x0)[20000-0002-00000022] inst 2 BLOCKED 0xbbce92f8 5 wq 2 cvtops x1 TX 0x80016.0x5d4(ext 0x2,0x0)[20000-0002-00000022] inst 2 * kjddvald: KJDD_NXTONOD ->node_kjddsg.dinst_kjddnd =1 * kjddvald: ... which is not my node, my subgraph is validated but the cycle is not complete Global blockers dump start:--------------------------------- DUMP LOCAL BLOCKER/HOLDER: block level 5 res [0x80016][0x5d4],[TX][ext 0x2,0x0] ??dead lock!!! ???????11.2.0.3???? RAC LMD???????????”_lm_dd_interval”????????????20s?  ???????10g?_lm_dd_interval???60s,??????Processes?????????????????,????????????Server Process????????60s??????11g?????(??????LMD???????)???????,???????????10s??? Enqueue Deadlock Detection? ?11g??? RAC?LMD???????hidden parameter ????”_lm_dd_interval”???,RAC????????????????,???????????: SQL> col name for a50 SQL> col describ for a60 SQL> col value for a20 SQL> set linesize 140 pagesize 1400 SQL> SELECT x.ksppinm NAME, y.ksppstvl VALUE, x.ksppdesc describ 2 FROM SYS.x$ksppi x, SYS.x$ksppcv y 3 WHERE x.inst_id = USERENV ('Instance') 4 AND y.inst_id = USERENV ('Instance') 5 AND x.indx = y.indx 6 AND x.ksppinm like '_lm_dd%'; NAME VALUE DESCRIB -------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------ _lm_dd_interval 20 dd time interval in seconds _lm_dd_scan_interval 5 dd scan interval in seconds _lm_dd_search_cnt 3 number of dd search per token get _lm_dd_max_search_time 180 max dd search time per token _lm_dd_maxdump 50 max number of locks to be dumped during dd validation _lm_dd_ignore_nodd FALSE if TRUE nodeadlockwait/nodeadlockblock options are ignored 6 rows selected.

    Read the article

  • Cisco 881 losing NAT NVI translation config after reload

    - by MasterRoot24
    This is a weird one, so I'll try to explain in as much detail as I can so I'm giving the whole picture. As I've mentioned in my other questions, I'm in the process of setting up a new Cisco 881 as my WAN router and NAT firewall. I'm facing an issue where NAT NVI rules that I have configured are not enabled after a reload of the router, regardless of the fact that they are present in the startup-config. In order to clarify this a little, here's the relevant section of my current running-config: Router1#show running-config | include nat source ip nat source list 1 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source list 2 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 1723 interface FastEthernet4 1723 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 80 interface FastEthernet4 80 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 443 interface FastEthernet4 443 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 25 interface FastEthernet4 25 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 587 interface FastEthernet4 587 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 143 interface FastEthernet4 143 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 993 interface FastEthernet4 993 ...and here's the mappings 'in action': Router1#show ip nat nvi translations | include --- tcp <WAN IP>:25 192.168.1.x:25 --- --- tcp <WAN IP>:80 192.168.1.x:80 --- --- tcp <WAN IP>:143 192.168.1.x:143 --- --- tcp <WAN IP>:443 192.168.1.x:443 --- --- tcp <WAN IP>:587 192.168.1.x:587 --- --- tcp <WAN IP>:993 192.168.1.x:993 --- --- tcp <WAN IP>:1723 192.168.1.x:1723 --- --- ...and here's proof that the mappings are saved to startup-config: Router1#show startup-config | include nat source ip nat source list 1 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source list 2 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 1723 interface FastEthernet4 1723 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 80 interface FastEthernet4 80 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 443 interface FastEthernet4 443 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 25 interface FastEthernet4 25 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 587 interface FastEthernet4 587 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 143 interface FastEthernet4 143 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 993 interface FastEthernet4 993 However, look what happens after a reload of the router: Router1#reload Proceed with reload? [confirm]Connection to router closed by remote host. Connection to router closed. $ ssh joe@router Password: Authorized Access only Router1>en Password: Router1#show ip nat nvi translations | include --- Router1# Router1#show ip nat translations | include --- tcp 188.222.181.173:25 192.168.1.2:25 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:80 192.168.1.2:80 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:143 192.168.1.2:143 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:443 192.168.1.2:443 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:587 192.168.1.2:587 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:993 192.168.1.2:993 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:1723 192.168.1.2:1723 --- --- Router1# Here's proof that the running config should have the mappings setup as NVI: Router1#show running-config | include nat source ip nat source list 1 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source list 2 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 1723 interface FastEthernet4 1723 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 80 interface FastEthernet4 80 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 443 interface FastEthernet4 443 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 25 interface FastEthernet4 25 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 587 interface FastEthernet4 587 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 143 interface FastEthernet4 143 ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 993 interface FastEthernet4 993 At this point, the mappings are not working (inbound connections from WAN on the HTTP/IMAP fail). I presume that this is because my interfaces are using ip nat enable for use with NVI mappings, instead of ip nat inside/outside. So, I re-apply the mappings: Router1#configure ter Router1#configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 1723 interface FastEthernet4 1723 Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 80 interface FastEthernet4 80 Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 443 interface FastEthernet4 443 Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 25 interface FastEthernet4 25 Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 587 interface FastEthernet4 587 Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 143 interface FastEthernet4 143 Router1(config)#ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.2 993 interface FastEthernet4 993 Router1(config)#end ... then they show up correctly: Router1#show ip nat nvi translations | include --- tcp 188.222.181.173:25 192.168.1.2:25 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:80 192.168.1.2:80 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:143 192.168.1.2:143 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:443 192.168.1.2:443 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:587 192.168.1.2:587 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:993 192.168.1.2:993 --- --- tcp 188.222.181.173:1723 192.168.1.2:1723 --- --- Router1# Router1#show ip nat translations | include --- Router1# ... furthermore, now from both WAN and LAN, the services mapped above now work until the next reload. All of the above is required every time I have to reload the router (which is all too often at the moment :-( ). Here's my full current config: ! ! Last configuration change at 20:20:15 UTC Tue Dec 11 2012 by xxx version 15.2 no service pad service timestamps debug datetime msec service timestamps log datetime msec service password-encryption ! hostname xxx ! boot-start-marker boot-end-marker ! ! enable secret 4 xxxx ! aaa new-model ! ! aaa authentication login local_auth local ! ! ! ! ! aaa session-id common ! memory-size iomem 10 ! crypto pki trustpoint TP-self-signed-xxx enrollment selfsigned subject-name cn=IOS-Self-Signed-Certificate-xxx revocation-check none rsakeypair TP-self-signed-xxx ! ! crypto pki certificate chain TP-self-signed-xxx certificate self-signed 01 xxx quit ip gratuitous-arps ip auth-proxy max-login-attempts 5 ip admission max-login-attempts 5 ! ! ! ! ! ip domain list dmz.xxx.local ip domain list xxx.local ip domain name dmz.xxx.local ip name-server 192.168.1.x ip cef login block-for 3 attempts 3 within 3 no ipv6 cef ! ! multilink bundle-name authenticated license udi pid CISCO881-SEC-K9 sn xxx ! ! username admin privilege 15 secret 4 xxx username joe secret 4 xxx ! ! ! ! ! ip ssh time-out 60 ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! interface FastEthernet0 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet1 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet2 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet3 switchport access vlan 2 no ip address ! interface FastEthernet4 ip address dhcp ip access-group 101 in ip nat enable duplex auto speed auto ! interface Vlan1 ip address 192.168.1.x 255.255.255.0 no ip redirects no ip unreachables no ip proxy-arp ip nat enable ! interface Vlan2 ip address 192.168.0.x 255.255.255.0 ! ip forward-protocol nd ip http server ip http access-class 1 ip http authentication local ip http secure-server ! ! ip nat source list 1 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source list 2 interface FastEthernet4 overload ip nat source static tcp 192.168.1.x 1723 interface FastEthernet4 1723 ! ! access-list 1 permit 192.168.0.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 2 permit 192.168.1.0 0.0.0.255 access-list 101 permit udp 193.x.x.0 0.0.0.255 any eq 5060 access-list 101 deny udp any any eq 5060 access-list 101 permit ip any any ! ! ! ! control-plane ! ! banner motd Authorized Access only ! line con 0 exec-timeout 15 0 login authentication local_auth line aux 0 exec-timeout 15 0 login authentication local_auth line vty 0 4 access-class 2 in login authentication local_auth length 0 transport input all ! ! end I'd appreciate it greatly if anyone can help me find out why these mappings are not setup correctly using the saved config after a reload.

    Read the article

  • Windows Phone 7: Building a simple dictionary web client

    - by TechTwaddle
    Like I mentioned in this post a while back, I came across a dictionary web service called Aonaware that serves up word definitions from various dictionaries and is really easy to use. The services page on their website, http://services.aonaware.com/DictService/DictService.asmx, lists all the operations that are supported by the dictionary service. Here they are, Word Dictionary Web Service The following operations are supported. For a formal definition, please review the Service Description. Define Define given word, returning definitions from all dictionaries DefineInDict Define given word, returning definitions from specified dictionary DictionaryInfo Show information about the specified dictionary DictionaryList Returns a list of available dictionaries DictionaryListExtended Returns a list of advanced dictionaries (e.g. translating dictionaries) Match Look for matching words in all dictionaries using the given strategy MatchInDict Look for matching words in the specified dictionary using the given strategy ServerInfo Show remote server information StrategyList Return list of all available strategies on the server Follow the links above to get more information on each API. In this post we will be building a simple windows phone 7 client which uses this service to get word definitions for words entered by the user. The application will also allow the user to select a dictionary from all the available ones and look up the word definition in that dictionary. So of all the apis above we will be using only two, DictionaryList() to get a list of all supported dictionaries and DefineInDict() to get the word definition from a particular dictionary. Before we get started, a note to you all; I would have liked to implement this application using concepts from data binding, item templates, data templates etc. I have a basic understanding of what they are but, being a beginner, I am not very comfortable with those topics yet so I didn’t use them. I thought I’ll get this version out of the way and maybe in the next version I could give those a try. A somewhat scary mock-up of the what the final application will look like, Select Dictionary is a list picker control from the silverlight toolkit (you need to download and install the toolkit if you haven’t already). Below it is a textbox where the user can enter words to look up and a button beside it to fetch the word definition when clicked. Finally we have a textblock which occupies the remaining area and displays the word definition from the selected dictionary. Create a silverlight application for windows phone 7, AonawareDictionaryClient, and add references to the silverlight toolkit and the web service. From the solution explorer right on References and select Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit from under the .NET tab, Next, add a reference to the web service. Again right click on References and this time select Add Service Reference In the resulting dialog paste the service url in the Address field and press go, (url –> http://services.aonaware.com/DictService/DictService.asmx) once the service is discovered, provide a name for the NameSpace, in this case I’ve called it AonawareDictionaryService. Press OK. You can now use the classes and functions that are generated in the AonawareDictionaryClient.AonawareDictionaryService namespace. Let’s get the UI done now. In MainPage.xaml add a namespace declaration to use the toolkit controls, xmlns:toolkit="clr-namespace:Microsoft.Phone.Controls;assembly=Microsoft.Phone.Controls.Toolkit" the content of LayoutRoot is changed as follows, (sorry, no syntax highlighting in this post) <StackPanel x:Name="TitlePanel" Grid.Row="0" Margin="12,5,0,5">     <TextBlock x:Name="ApplicationTitle" Text="AONAWARE DICTIONARY CLIENT" Style="{StaticResource PhoneTextNormalStyle}"/>     <!--<TextBlock x:Name="PageTitle" Text="page name" Margin="9,-7,0,0" Style="{StaticResource PhoneTextTitle1Style}"/>--> </StackPanel> <!--ContentPanel - place additional content here--> <Grid x:Name="ContentPanel" Grid.Row="1" Margin="12,0,12,0">     <Grid.RowDefinitions>         <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>         <RowDefinition Height="Auto"/>         <RowDefinition Height="*"/>     </Grid.RowDefinitions>     <toolkit:ListPicker Grid.Column="1" x:Name="listPickerDictionaryList"                         Header="Select Dictionary :">     </toolkit:ListPicker>     <Grid Grid.Row="1" Margin="0,5,0,0">         <Grid.ColumnDefinitions>             <ColumnDefinition Width="*"/>             <ColumnDefinition Width="Auto" />         </Grid.ColumnDefinitions>         <TextBox x:Name="txtboxInputWord" Grid.Column="0" GotFocus="OnTextboxInputWordGotFocus" />         <Button x:Name="btnGo" Grid.Column="1" Click="OnButtonGoClick" >             <Button.Content>                 <Image Source="/images/button-go.png"/>             </Button.Content>         </Button>     </Grid>     <ScrollViewer Grid.Row="2" x:Name="scrollViewer">         <TextBlock  Margin="12,5,12,5"  x:Name="txtBlockWordMeaning" HorizontalAlignment="Stretch"                    VerticalAlignment="Stretch" TextWrapping="Wrap"                    FontSize="26" />     </ScrollViewer> </Grid> I have commented out the PageTitle as it occupies too much valuable space, and the ContentPanel is changed to contain three rows. First row contains the list picker control, second row contains the textbox and the button, and the third row contains a textblock within a scroll viewer. The designer will now be showing the final ui, Now go to MainPage.xaml.cs, and add the following namespace declarations, using Microsoft.Phone.Controls; using AonawareDictionaryClient.AonawareDictionaryService; using System.IO.IsolatedStorage; A class called DictServiceSoapClient would have been created for you in the background when you added a reference to the web service. This class functions as a wrapper to the services exported by the web service. All the web service functions that we saw at the start can be access through this class, or more precisely through an object of this class. Create a data member of type DictServiceSoapClient in the Mainpage class, and a function which initializes it, DictServiceSoapClient DictSvcClient = null; private DictServiceSoapClient GetDictServiceSoapClient() {     if (null == DictSvcClient)     {         DictSvcClient = new DictServiceSoapClient();     }     return DictSvcClient; } We have two major tasks remaining. First, when the application loads we need to populate the list picker with all the supported dictionaries and second, when the user enters a word and clicks on the arrow button we need to fetch the word’s meaning. Populating the List Picker In the OnNavigatingTo event of the MainPage, we call the DictionaryList() api. This can also be done in the OnLoading event handler of the MainPage; not sure if one has an advantage over the other. Here’s the code for OnNavigatedTo, protected override void OnNavigatedTo(System.Windows.Navigation.NavigationEventArgs e) {     DictServiceSoapClient client = GetDictServiceSoapClient();     client.DictionaryListCompleted += new EventHandler<DictionaryListCompletedEventArgs>(OnGetDictionaryListCompleted);     client.DictionaryListAsync();     base.OnNavigatedTo(e); } Windows Phone 7 supports only async calls to web services. When we added a reference to the dictionary service, asynchronous versions of all the functions were generated automatically. So in the above function we register a handler to the DictionaryListCompleted event which will occur when the call to DictionaryList() gets a response from the server. Then we call the DictionaryListAsynch() function which is the async version of the DictionaryList() api. The result of this api will be sent to the handler OnGetDictionaryListCompleted(), void OnGetDictionaryListCompleted(object sender, DictionaryListCompletedEventArgs e) {     IsolatedStorageSettings settings = IsolatedStorageSettings.ApplicationSettings;     Dictionary[] listOfDictionaries;     if (e.Error == null)     {         listOfDictionaries = e.Result;         PopulateListPicker(listOfDictionaries, settings);     }     else if (settings.Contains("SavedDictionaryList"))     {         listOfDictionaries = settings["SavedDictionaryList"] as Dictionary[];         PopulateListPicker(listOfDictionaries, settings);     }     else     {         MessageBoxResult res = MessageBox.Show("An error occured while retrieving dictionary list, do you want to try again?", "Error", MessageBoxButton.OKCancel);         if (MessageBoxResult.OK == res)         {             GetDictServiceSoapClient().DictionaryListAsync();         }     }     settings.Save(); } I have used IsolatedStorageSettings to store a few things; the entire dictionary list and the dictionary that is selected when the user exits the application, so that the next time when the user starts the application the current dictionary is set to the last selected value. First we check if the api returned any error, if the error object is null e.Result will contain the list (actually array) of Dictionary type objects. If there was an error, we check the isolated storage settings to see if there is a dictionary list stored from a previous instance of the application and if so, we populate the list picker based on this saved list. Note that in this case there are chances that the dictionary list might be out of date if there have been changes on the server. Finally, if none of these cases are true, we display an error message to the user and try to fetch the list again. PopulateListPicker() is passed the array of Dictionary objects and the settings object as well, void PopulateListPicker(Dictionary[] listOfDictionaries, IsolatedStorageSettings settings) {     listPickerDictionaryList.Items.Clear();     foreach (Dictionary dictionary in listOfDictionaries)     {         listPickerDictionaryList.Items.Add(dictionary.Name);     }     settings["SavedDictionaryList"] = listOfDictionaries;     string savedDictionaryName;     if (settings.Contains("SavedDictionary"))     {         savedDictionaryName = settings["SavedDictionary"] as string;     }     else     {         savedDictionaryName = "WordNet (r) 2.0"; //default dictionary, wordnet     }     foreach (string dictName in listPickerDictionaryList.Items)     {         if (dictName == savedDictionaryName)         {             listPickerDictionaryList.SelectedItem = dictName;             break;         }     }     settings["SavedDictionary"] = listPickerDictionaryList.SelectedItem as string; } We first clear all the items from the list picker, add the dictionary names from the array and then create a key in the settings called SavedDictionaryList and store the dictionary list in it. We then check if there is saved dictionary available from a previous instance, if there is, we set it as the selected item in the list picker. And if not, we set “WordNet ® 2.0” as the default dictionary. Before returning, we save the selected dictionary in the “SavedDictionary” key of the isolated storage settings. Fetching word definitions Getting this part done is very similar to the above code. We get the input word from the textbox, call into DefineInDictAsync() to fetch the definition and when DefineInDictAsync completes, we get the result and display it in the textblock. Here is the handler for the button click, private void OnButtonGoClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) {     txtBlockWordMeaning.Text = "Please wait..";     IsolatedStorageSettings settings = IsolatedStorageSettings.ApplicationSettings;     if (txtboxInputWord.Text.Trim().Length <= 0)     {         MessageBox.Show("Please enter a word in the textbox and press 'Go'");     }     else     {         Dictionary[] listOfDictionaries = settings["SavedDictionaryList"] as Dictionary[];         string selectedDictionary = listPickerDictionaryList.SelectedItem.ToString();         string dictId = "wn"; //default dictionary is wordnet (wn is the dict id)         foreach (Dictionary dict in listOfDictionaries)         {             if (dict.Name == selectedDictionary)             {                 dictId = dict.Id;                 break;             }         }         DictServiceSoapClient client = GetDictServiceSoapClient();         client.DefineInDictCompleted += new EventHandler<DefineInDictCompletedEventArgs>(OnDefineInDictCompleted);         client.DefineInDictAsync(dictId, txtboxInputWord.Text.Trim());     } } We validate the input and then select the dictionary id based on the currently selected dictionary. We need the dictionary id because the api DefineInDict() expects the dictionary identifier and not the dictionary name. We could very well have stored the dictionary id in isolated storage settings too. Again, same as before, we register a event handler for the DefineInDictCompleted event and call the DefineInDictAsync() method passing in the dictionary id and the input word. void OnDefineInDictCompleted(object sender, DefineInDictCompletedEventArgs e) {     WordDefinition wd = e.Result;     scrollViewer.ScrollToVerticalOffset(0.0f);     if (wd.Definitions.Length == 0)     {         txtBlockWordMeaning.Text = String.Format("No definitions were found for '{0}' in '{1}'", txtboxInputWord.Text.Trim(), listPickerDictionaryList.SelectedItem.ToString().Trim());     }     else     {         foreach (Definition def in wd.Definitions)         {             string str = def.WordDefinition;             str = str.Replace("  ", " "); //some formatting             txtBlockWordMeaning.Text = str;         }     } } When the api completes, e.Result will contain a WordDefnition object. This class is also generated in the background while adding the service reference. We check the word definitions within this class to see if any results were returned, if not, we display a message to the user in the textblock. If a definition was found the text on the textblock is set to display the definition of the word. Adding final touches, we now need to save the current dictionary when the application exits. A small but useful thing is selecting the entire word in the input textbox when the user selects it. This makes sure that if the user has looked up a definition for a really long word, he doesn’t have to press ‘clear’ too many times to enter the next word, protected override void OnNavigatingFrom(System.Windows.Navigation.NavigatingCancelEventArgs e) {     IsolatedStorageSettings settings = IsolatedStorageSettings.ApplicationSettings;     settings["SavedDictionary"] = listPickerDictionaryList.SelectedItem as string;     settings.Save();     base.OnNavigatingFrom(e); } private void OnTextboxInputWordGotFocus(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) {     TextBox txtbox = sender as TextBox;     if (txtbox.Text.Trim().Length > 0)     {         txtbox.SelectionStart = 0;         txtbox.SelectionLength = txtbox.Text.Length;     } } OnNavigatingFrom() is called whenever you navigate away from the MainPage, since our application contains only one page that would mean that it is exiting. I leave you with a short video of the application in action, but before that if you have any suggestions on how to make the code better and improve it please do leave a comment. Until next time…

    Read the article

  • Fed Authentication Methods in OIF / IdP

    - by Damien Carru
    This article is a continuation of my previous entry where I explained how OIF/IdP leverages OAM to authenticate users at runtime: OIF/IdP internally forwards the user to OAM and indicates which Authentication Scheme should be used to challenge the user if needed OAM determine if the user should be challenged (user already authenticated, session timed out or not, session authentication level equal or higher than the level of the authentication scheme specified by OIF/IdP…) After identifying the user, OAM internally forwards the user back to OIF/IdP OIF/IdP can resume its operation In this article, I will discuss how OIF/IdP can be configured to map Federation Authentication Methods to OAM Authentication Schemes: When processing an Authn Request, where the SP requests a specific Federation Authentication Method with which the user should be challenged When sending an Assertion, where OIF/IdP sets the Federation Authentication Method in the Assertion Enjoy the reading! Overview The various Federation protocols support mechanisms allowing the partners to exchange information on: How the user should be challenged, when the SP/RP makes a request How the user was challenged, when the IdP/OP issues an SSO response When a remote SP partner redirects the user to OIF/IdP for Federation SSO, the message might contain data requesting how the user should be challenged by the IdP: this is treated as the Requested Federation Authentication Method. OIF/IdP will need to map that Requested Federation Authentication Method to a local Authentication Scheme, and then invoke OAM for user authentication/challenge with the mapped Authentication Scheme. OAM would authenticate the user if necessary with the scheme specified by OIF/IdP. Similarly, when an IdP issues an SSO response, most of the time it will need to include an identifier representing how the user was challenged: this is treated as the Federation Authentication Method. When OIF/IdP issues an Assertion, it will evaluate the Authentication Scheme with which OAM identified the user: If the Authentication Scheme can be mapped to a Federation Authentication Method, then OIF/IdP will use the result of that mapping in the outgoing SSO response: AuthenticationStatement in the SAML Assertion OpenID Response, if PAPE is enabled If the Authentication Scheme cannot be mapped, then OIF/IdP will set the Federation Authentication Method as the Authentication Scheme name in the outgoing SSO response: AuthenticationStatement in the SAML Assertion OpenID Response, if PAPE is enabled Mappings In OIF/IdP, the mapping between Federation Authentication Methods and Authentication Schemes has the following rules: One Federation Authentication Method can be mapped to several Authentication Schemes In a Federation Authentication Method <-> Authentication Schemes mapping, a single Authentication Scheme is marked as the default scheme that will be used to authenticate a user, if the SP/RP partner requests the user to be authenticated via a specific Federation Authentication Method An Authentication Scheme can be mapped to a single Federation Authentication Method Let’s examine the following example and the various use cases, based on the SAML 2.0 protocol: Mappings defined as: urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport mapped to LDAPScheme, marked as the default scheme used for authentication BasicScheme urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:X509 mapped to X509Scheme, marked as the default scheme used for authentication Use cases: SP sends an AuthnRequest specifying urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:X509 as the RequestedAuthnContext: OIF/IdP will authenticate the use with X509Scheme since it is the default scheme mapped for that method. SP sends an AuthnRequest specifying urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport as the RequestedAuthnContext: OIF/IdP will authenticate the use with LDAPScheme since it is the default scheme mapped for that method, not the BasicScheme SP did not request any specific methods, and user was authenticated with BasisScheme: OIF/IdP will issue an Assertion with urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport as the FederationAuthenticationMethod SP did not request any specific methods, and user was authenticated with LDAPScheme: OIF/IdP will issue an Assertion with urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport as the FederationAuthenticationMethod SP did not request any specific methods, and user was authenticated with BasisSessionlessScheme: OIF/IdP will issue an Assertion with BasisSessionlessScheme as the FederationAuthenticationMethod, since that scheme could not be mapped to any Federation Authentication Method (in this case, the administrator would need to correct that and create a mapping) Configuration Mapping Federation Authentication Methods to OAM Authentication Schemes is protocol dependent, since the methods are defined in the various protocols (SAML 2.0, SAML 1.1, OpenID 2.0). As such, the WLST commands to set those mappings will involve: Either the SP Partner Profile and affect all Partners referencing that profile, which do not override the Federation Authentication Method to OAM Authentication Scheme mappings Or the SP Partner entry, which will only affect the SP Partner It is important to note that if an SP Partner is configured to define one or more Federation Authentication Method to OAM Authentication Scheme mappings, then all the mappings defined in the SP Partner Profile will be ignored. Authentication Schemes As discussed in the previous article, during Federation SSO, OIF/IdP will internally forward the user to OAM for authentication/verification and specify which Authentication Scheme to use. OAM will determine if a user needs to be challenged: If the user is not authenticated yet If the user is authenticated but the session timed out If the user is authenticated, but the authentication scheme level of the original authentication is lower than the level of the authentication scheme requested by OIF/IdP So even though an SP requests a specific Federation Authentication Method to be used to challenge the user, if that method is mapped to an Authentication Scheme and that at runtime OAM deems that the user does not need to be challenged with that scheme (because the user is already authenticated, session did not time out, and the session authn level is equal or higher than the one for the specified Authentication Scheme), the flow won’t result in a challenge operation. Protocols SAML 2.0 The SAML 2.0 specifications define the following Federation Authentication Methods for SAML 2.0 flows: urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:unspecified urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:InternetProtocol urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Telephony urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:MobileOneFactorUnregistered urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PersonalTelephony urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PreviousSession urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:MobileOneFactorContract urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Smartcard urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Password urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:InternetProtocolPassword urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:X509 urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:TLSClient urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PGP urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:SPKI urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:XMLDSig urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:SoftwarePKI urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:Kerberos urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:SecureRemotePassword urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:NomadTelephony urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:AuthenticatedTelephony urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:MobileTwoFactorUnregistered urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:MobileTwoFactorContract urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:SmartcardPKI urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:TimeSyncToken Out of the box, OIF/IdP has the following mappings for the SAML 2.0 protocol: Only urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport is defined This Federation Authentication Method is mapped to: LDAPScheme, marked as the default scheme used for authentication FAAuthScheme BasicScheme BasicFAScheme This mapping is defined in the saml20-sp-partner-profile SP Partner Profile which is the default OOTB SP Partner Profile for SAML 2.0 An example of an AuthnRequest message sent by an SP to an IdP with the SP requesting a specific Federation Authentication Method to be used to challenge the user would be: <samlp:AuthnRequest xmlns:samlp="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:protocol" Destination="https://idp.com/oamfed/idp/samlv20" ID="id-8bWn-A9o4aoMl3Nhx1DuPOOjawc-" IssueInstant="2014-03-21T20:51:11Z" Version="2.0">  <saml:Issuer ...>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Issuer>  <samlp:NameIDPolicy AllowCreate="false" Format="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.1:nameid-format:unspecified"/>  <samlp:RequestedAuthnContext Comparison="minimum">    <saml:AuthnContextClassRef xmlns:saml="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:assertion">      urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>  </samlp:RequestedAuthnContext></samlp:AuthnRequest> An example of an Assertion issued by an IdP would be: <samlp:Response ...>    <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:status:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion ...>        <saml:Issuer ...>https://idp.com/oam/fed</saml:Issuer>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>        <saml:Subject>            <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>            <saml:SubjectConfirmation Method="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:cm:bearer">                <saml:SubjectConfirmationData .../>            </saml:SubjectConfirmation>        </saml:Subject>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthnInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" SessionIndex="id-6i-Dm0yB-HekG6cejktwcKIFMzYE8Yrmqwfd0azz" SessionNotOnOrAfter="2014-03-21T21:53:55Z">            <saml:AuthnContext>                <saml:AuthnContextClassRef>                    urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:ac:classes:PasswordProtectedTransport                </saml:AuthnContextClassRef>            </saml:AuthnContext>        </saml:AuthnStatement>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> An administrator would be able to specify a mapping between a SAML 2.0 Federation Authentication Method and one or more OAM Authentication Schemes SAML 1.1 The SAML 1.1 specifications define the following Federation Authentication Methods for SAML 1.1 flows: urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:unspecified urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:HardwareToken urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:X509-PKI urn:ietf:rfc:2246 urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:PGP urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:SPKI urn:ietf:rfc:3075 urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:XKMS urn:ietf:rfc:1510 urn:ietf:rfc:2945 Out of the box, OIF/IdP has the following mappings for the SAML 1.1 protocol: Only urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password is defined This Federation Authentication Method is mapped to: LDAPScheme, marked as the default scheme used for authentication FAAuthScheme BasicScheme BasicFAScheme This mapping is defined in the saml11-sp-partner-profile SP Partner Profile which is the default OOTB SP Partner Profile for SAML 1.1 An example of an Assertion issued by an IdP would be: <samlp:Response ...>    <samlp:Status>        <samlp:StatusCode Value="samlp:Success"/>    </samlp:Status>    <saml:Assertion Issuer="https://idp.com/oam/fed" ...>        <saml:Conditions ...>            <saml:AudienceRestriction>                <saml:Audience>https://acme.com/sp/ssov11</saml:Audience>            </saml:AudienceRestriction>        </saml:Conditions>        <saml:AuthnStatement AuthenticationInstant="2014-03-21T20:53:55Z" AuthenticationMethod="urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:am:password">            <saml:Subject>                <saml:NameID ...>[email protected]</saml:NameID>                <saml:SubjectConfirmation>                   <saml:ConfirmationMethod>                       urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:1.0:cm:bearer                   </saml:ConfirmationMethod>                </saml:SubjectConfirmation>            </saml:Subject>        </saml:AuthnStatement>        <dsig:Signature>            ...        </dsig:Signature>    </saml:Assertion></samlp:Response> Note: SAML 1.1 does not define an AuthnRequest message. An administrator would be able to specify a mapping between a SAML 1.1 Federation Authentication Method and one or more OAM Authentication Schemes OpenID 2.0 The OpenID 2.0 PAPE specifications define the following Federation Authentication Methods for OpenID 2.0 flows: http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/phishing-resistant http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/multi-factor http://schemas.openid.net/pape/policies/2007/06/multi-factor-physical Out of the box, OIF/IdP does not define any mappings for the OpenID 2.0 Federation Authentication Methods. For OpenID 2.0, the configuration will involve mapping a list of OpenID 2.0 policies to a list of Authentication Schemes. An example of an OpenID 2.0 Request message sent by an SP/RP to an IdP/OP would be: https://idp.com/openid?openid.ns=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0&openid.mode=checkid_setup&openid.claimed_id=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0%2Fidentifier_select&openid.identity=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0%2Fidentifier_select&openid.assoc_handle=id-6a5S6zhAKaRwQNUnjTKROREdAGSjWodG1el4xyz3&openid.return_to=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid%3Frefid%3Did-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.realm=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid&openid.ns.ax=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fsrv%2Fax%2F1.0&openid.ax.mode=fetch_request&openid.ax.type.attr0=http%3A%2F%2Faxschema.org%2Fcontact%2Femail&openid.ax.if_available=attr0&openid.ns.pape=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fextensions%2Fpape%2F1.0&openid.pape.max_auth_age=0 An example of an Open ID 2.0 SSO Response issued by an IdP/OP would be: https://acme.com/openid?refid=id-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.ns=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fauth%2F2.0&openid.mode=id_res&openid.op_endpoint=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid&openid.claimed_id=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.identity=https%3A%2F%2Fidp.com%2Fopenid%3Fid%3Did-38iCmmlAVEXPsFjnFVKArfn5RIiF75D5doorhEgqqPM%3D&openid.return_to=https%3A%2F%2Facme.com%2Fopenid%3Frefid%3Did-9PKVXZmRxAeDYcgLqPm36ClzOMA-&openid.response_nonce=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A06Zid-YPa2kTNNFftZkgBb460jxJGblk2g--iNwPpDI7M1&openid.assoc_handle=id-6a5S6zhAKaRwQNUnjTKROREdAGSjWodG1el4xyz3&openid.ns.ax=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fsrv%2Fax%2F1.0&openid.ax.mode=fetch_response&openid.ax.type.attr0=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fcount&openid.ax.value.attr0=1&openid.ax.type.attr1=http%3A%2F%2Fopenid.net%2Fschema%2FnamePerson%2Ffriendly&openid.ax.value.attr1=My+name+is+Bobby+Smith&openid.ax.type.attr2=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fax%2Fapi%2Fuser_id&openid.ax.value.attr2=bob&openid.ax.type.attr3=http%3A%2F%2Faxschema.org%2Fcontact%2Femail&openid.ax.value.attr3=bob%40oracle.com&openid.ax.type.attr4=http%3A%2F%2Fsession%2Fipaddress&openid.ax.value.attr4=10.145.120.253&openid.ns.pape=http%3A%2F%2Fspecs.openid.net%2Fextensions%2Fpape%2F1.0&openid.pape.auth_time=2014-03-24T19%3A20%3A05Z&openid.pape.auth_policies=http%3A%2F%2Fschemas.openid.net%2Fpape%2Fpolicies%2F2007%2F06%2Fphishing-resistant&openid.signed=op_endpoint%2Cclaimed_id%2Cidentity%2Creturn_to%2Cresponse_nonce%2Cassoc_handle%2Cns.ax%2Cax.mode%2Cax.type.attr0%2Cax.value.attr0%2Cax.type.attr1%2Cax.value.attr1%2Cax.type.attr2%2Cax.value.attr2%2Cax.type.attr3%2Cax.value.attr3%2Cax.type.attr4%2Cax.value.attr4%2Cns.pape%2Cpape.auth_time%2Cpape.auth_policies&openid.sig=mYMgbGYSs22l8e%2FDom9NRPw15u8%3D In the next article, I will provide examples on how to configure OIF/IdP for the various protocols, to map OAM Authentication Schemes to Federation Authentication Methods.Cheers,Damien Carru

    Read the article

  • Why doesn't pppd over ssh work here? Why can't I kill pppd?

    - by Peter V. Mørch
    I'm trying to setup a simple ppp tunnel over ssh. It works on several machines just fine. But on one machine, pppd gets "stuck": > pgrep pppd | xargs ps up USER PID %CPU %MEM VSZ RSS TTY STAT START TIME COMMAND root 4178 0.0 0.1 3020 1088 pts/1 Ds+ 05:28 0:00 /usr/sbin/pppd Any attempt to kill it (even sudo kill -9 4178) has no effect that I can see. strace -p 4178 also hangs similarly. After it has been started for a while, I start getting messages in dmesg like shown below. It is started like so from another machine: ssh -t root@server /usr/sbin/pppd passive noauth When I do this to one of the machines that work, the remote end's pppd spits out garbage/binary data to the console (as expected). When I do it to the one that fails, I get no output from pppd, but the ssh session eventually times out. If I instead ssh to the machine, and then run /usr/sbin/pppd passive noauth in a separate step I also get the expected binary output. I now have a couple of questions: What could be up with the one machine where pppd fails? I don't even know where to start looking... What could be the difference between ssh -t root@server /usr/sbin/pppd passive noauth in a single step and ssh root@server and /usr/sbin/pppd passive noauth in two steps? How can it be that I can't kill the process even with sudo kill -9? The only way I know is to reboot. (I've tried searching for something similar but didn't get anywhere so I'm sorry I don't have any more leads) Any ideas? The problem machine runs in debian on VMware "hardware" (as do the ones that work) and it exhibits the problem when cloned and on both debian lenny (original) and squeeze (after upgrade) dmesg entries: [ 1198.727248] INFO: task pppd:4178 blocked for more than 120 seconds. [ 1198.727507] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. [ 1198.727904] pppd D ece2dc9c 0 4178 4174 0x00000004 [ 1198.727908] 00000098 00000082 f2503520 ece2dc9c 0000b1e7 00000000 c148d1c0 c148d1c0 [ 1198.727913] f2a06100 f6e071c0 00000000 ece2dc18 f5cd07e0 00000000 ece2d400 ece2dc9d [ 1198.727918] 00c52300 ece2dcbc f67bfef8 ec98e480 f291cec0 00000000 c10cf5b0 c10dfd21 [ 1198.727923] Call Trace: [ 1198.727926] [<c10cf5b0>] ? nameidata_to_filp+0x37/0x41 [ 1198.727929] [<c10dfd21>] ? dput+0x21/0xb7 [ 1198.727932] [<c11cfecc>] ? tty_ldisc_ref_wait+0x5f/0x76 [ 1198.727935] [<c104de7a>] ? wake_up_bit+0x5c/0x5c [ 1198.727938] [<c11cb91b>] ? tty_ioctl+0x85f/0x8ba [ 1198.727941] [<c10fec18>] ? do_lock_file_wait+0x3d/0xd9 [ 1198.727944] [<c1162c97>] ? _copy_from_user+0x2b/0x102 [ 1198.727946] [<c11cb0bc>] ? tty_check_change+0xb9/0xb9 [ 1198.727949] [<c10dbeb7>] ? do_vfs_ioctl+0x485/0x4c7 [ 1198.727952] [<c10db59a>] ? do_fcntl+0x24f/0x3a2 [ 1198.727954] [<c10dbf3a>] ? sys_ioctl+0x41/0x58 [ 1198.727957] [<c12c6a1f>] ? sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 [ 1318.457225] INFO: task sshd:4174 blocked for more than 120 seconds. [ 1318.457500] "echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/hung_task_timeout_secs" disables this message. [ 1318.457896] sshd D f25024cc 0 4174 2393 0x00000000 [ 1318.457901] 00000098 00000086 f2a06940 f25024cc 0000b246 00000000 c148d1c0 c148d1c0 [ 1318.457906] f2503520 f6e071c0 00000000 3f056585 0000000f ece2d4bc 3f056585 f2503520 [ 1318.457911] ec98bb38 ec98bbdc 00000000 00000000 00000000 c12c09b5 f2503520 c10327cb [ 1318.457916] Call Trace: [ 1318.457926] [<c12c09b5>] ? schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0x3c/0xd9 [ 1318.457931] [<c10327cb>] ? try_to_wake_up+0x13f/0x13f [ 1318.457935] [<c11cfecc>] ? tty_ldisc_ref_wait+0x5f/0x76 [ 1318.457940] [<c104de7a>] ? wake_up_bit+0x5c/0x5c [ 1318.457943] [<c11c9ad3>] ? tty_poll+0x32/0x5e [ 1318.457947] [<c10dd4d5>] ? do_select+0x2a1/0x42e [ 1318.457950] [<c10dcb83>] ? poll_freewait+0x69/0x69 [ 1318.457953] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457955] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457958] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457960] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457963] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457965] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457968] [<c10dcc25>] ? __pollwait+0xa2/0xa2 [ 1318.457971] [<c10429c2>] ? lock_timer_base+0x19/0x35 [ 1318.457974] [<c1042eb5>] ? __mod_timer+0x10c/0x116 [ 1318.457977] [<c1042f89>] ? mod_timer+0x69/0x6e [ 1318.457981] [<c121325d>] ? sk_reset_timer+0xc/0x16 [ 1318.457984] [<c1252f57>] ? tcp_event_new_data_sent+0x66/0x6b [ 1318.457987] [<c1255b85>] ? tcp_write_xmit+0x7a7/0x86a [ 1318.457990] [<c121760d>] ? __alloc_skb+0x50/0xfd [ 1318.457994] [<c12c12bc>] ? _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x8/0x1e [ 1318.457996] [<c1212e98>] ? release_sock+0x10/0xc4 [ 1318.457999] [<c124b543>] ? tcp_sendmsg+0x6dd/0x7b7 [ 1318.458003] [<c1162c97>] ? _copy_from_user+0x2b/0x102 [ 1318.458006] [<c10dd7a0>] ? core_sys_select+0x13e/0x1c3 [ 1318.458009] [<c12102a3>] ? sock_aio_write+0xc0/0xd4 [ 1318.458012] [<c10d0655>] ? do_sync_write+0xa0/0xe4 [ 1318.458016] [<c10b141c>] ? handle_mm_fault+0x222/0x238 [ 1318.458019] [<c10f6096>] ? fsnotify+0x1de/0x1f9 [ 1318.458022] [<c10dd9e8>] ? sys_select+0x6e/0x8f [ 1318.458024] [<c10d105e>] ? sys_write+0x3c/0x63 [ 1318.458028] [<c12c6a1f>] ? sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28

    Read the article

  • Alert visualization recipe: Get out your blender, drop in some sp_send_dbmail, Google Charts API, add your favorite colors and sprinkle with html. Blend till it’s smooth and looks pretty enough to taste.

    - by Maria Zakourdaev
      I really like database monitoring. My email inbox have a constant flow of different types of alerts coming from our production servers with all kinds of information, sometimes more useful and sometimes less useful. Usually database alerts look really simple, it’s usually a plain text email saying “Prod1 Database data file on Server X is 80% used. You’d better grow it manually before some query triggers the AutoGrowth process”. Imagine you could have received email like the one below.  In addition to the alert description it could have also included the the database file growth chart over the past 6 months. Wouldn’t it give you much more information whether the data growth is natural or extreme? That’s truly what data visualization is for. Believe it or not, I have sent the graph below from SQL Server stored procedure without buying any additional data monitoring/visualization tool.   Would you like to visualize your database alerts like I do? Then like myself, you’d love the Google Charts. All you need to know is a little HTML and have a mail profile configured on your SQL Server instance regardless of the SQL Server version. First of all, I hope you know that the sp_send_dbmail procedure has a great parameter @body_format = ‘HTML’, which allows us to send rich and colorful messages instead of boring black and white ones. All that we need is to dynamically create HTML code. This is how, for instance, you can create a table and populate it with some data: DECLARE @html varchar(max) SET @html = '<html>' + '<H3><font id="Text" style='color: Green;'>Top Databases: </H3>' + '<table border="1" bordercolor="#3300FF" style='background-color:#DDF8CC' width='70%' cellpadding='3' cellspacing='3'>' + '<tr><font color="Green"><th>Database Name</th><th>Size</th><th>Physical Name</th></tr>' + CAST( (SELECT TOP 10                             td = name,'',                             td = size * 8/1024 ,'',                             td = physical_name              FROM sys.master_files               ORDER BY size DESC             FOR XML PATH ('tr'),TYPE ) AS VARCHAR(MAX)) + '</table>' EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail @recipients = '[email protected]', @subject ='Top databases', @body = @html, @body_format = 'HTML' This is the result:   If you want to add more visualization effects, you can use Google Charts Tools https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/interactive/docs/index which is a free and rich library of data visualization charts, they’re also easy to populate and embed. There are two versions of the Google Charts Image based charts: https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/gallery/chart_gall This is an old version, it’s officially deprecated although it will be up for a next few years or so. I really enjoy using this one because it can be viewed within the email body. For mobile devices you need to change the “Load remote images” property in your email application configuration.           Charts based on JavaScript classes: https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/interactive/docs/gallery This API is newer, with rich and highly interactive charts, and it’s much more easier to understand and configure. The only downside of it is that they cannot be viewed within the email body. Outlook, Gmail and many other email clients, as part of their security policy, do not run any JavaScript that’s placed within the email body. However, you can still enjoy this API by sending the report as an email attachment. Here is an example of the old version of Google Charts API, sending the same top databases report as in the previous example but instead of a simple table, this script is using a pie chart right from  the T-SQL code DECLARE @html  varchar(8000) DECLARE @Series  varchar(800),@Labels  varchar(8000),@Legend  varchar(8000);     SET @Series = ''; SET @Labels = ''; SET @Legend = ''; SELECT TOP 5 @Series = @Series + CAST(size * 8/1024 as varchar) + ',',                         @Labels = @Labels +CAST(size * 8/1024 as varchar) + 'MB'+'|',                         @Legend = @Legend + name + '|' FROM sys.master_files ORDER BY size DESC SELECT @Series = SUBSTRING(@Series,1,LEN(@Series)-1),         @Labels = SUBSTRING(@Labels,1,LEN(@Labels)-1),         @Legend = SUBSTRING(@Legend,1,LEN(@Legend)-1) SET @html =   '<H3><font color="Green"> '+@@ServerName+' top 5 databases : </H3>'+    '<br>'+    '<img src="http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?'+    'chf=bg,s,DDF8CC&'+    'cht=p&'+    'chs=400x200&'+    'chco=3072F3|7777CC|FF9900|FF0000|4A8C26&'+    'chd=t:'+@Series+'&'+    'chl='+@Labels+'&'+    'chma=0,0,0,0&'+    'chdl='+@Legend+'&'+    'chdlp=b"'+    'alt="'+@@ServerName+' top 5 databases" />'              EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail @recipients = '[email protected]',                             @subject = 'Top databases',                             @body = @html,                             @body_format = 'HTML' This is what you get. Isn’t it great? Chart parameters reference: chf     Gradient fill  bg - backgroud ; s- solid cht     chart type  ( p - pie) chs        chart size width/height chco    series colors chd        chart data string        1,2,3,2 chl        pir chart labels        a|b|c|d chma    chart margins chdl    chart legend            a|b|c|d chdlp    chart legend text        b - bottom of chart   Line graph implementation is also really easy and powerful DECLARE @html varchar(max) DECLARE @Series varchar(max) DECLARE @HourList varchar(max) SET @Series = ''; SET @HourList = ''; SELECT @HourList = @HourList + SUBSTRING(CONVERT(varchar(13),last_execution_time,121), 12,2)  + '|' ,              @Series = @Series + CAST( COUNT(1) as varchar) + ',' FROM sys.dm_exec_query_stats s     CROSS APPLY sys.dm_exec_sql_text(plan_handle) t WHERE last_execution_time > = getdate()-1 GROUP BY CONVERT(varchar(13),last_execution_time,121) ORDER BY CONVERT(varchar(13),last_execution_time,121) SET @Series = SUBSTRING(@Series,1,LEN(@Series)-1) SET @html = '<img src="http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?'+ 'chco=CA3D05,87CEEB&'+ 'chd=t:'+@Series+'&'+ 'chds=1,350&'+ 'chdl= Proc executions from cache&'+ 'chf=bg,s,1F1D1D|c,lg,0,363433,1.0,2E2B2A,0.0&'+ 'chg=25.0,25.0,3,2&'+ 'chls=3|3&'+ 'chm=d,CA3D05,0,-1,12,0|d,FFFFFF,0,-1,8,0|d,87CEEB,1,-1,12,0|d,FFFFFF,1,-1,8,0&'+ 'chs=600x450&'+ 'cht=lc&'+ 'chts=FFFFFF,14&'+ 'chtt=Executions for from' +(SELECT CONVERT(varchar(16),min(last_execution_time),121)          FROM sys.dm_exec_query_stats          WHERE last_execution_time > = getdate()-1) +' till '+ +(SELECT CONVERT(varchar(16),max(last_execution_time),121)     FROM sys.dm_exec_query_stats) + '&'+ 'chxp=1,50.0|4,50.0&'+ 'chxs=0,FFFFFF,12,0|1,FFFFFF,12,0|2,FFFFFF,12,0|3,FFFFFF,12,0|4,FFFFFF,14,0&'+ 'chxt=y,y,x,x,x&'+ 'chxl=0:|1|350|1:|N|2:|'+@HourList+'3:|Hour&'+ 'chma=55,120,0,0" alt="" />' EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail @recipients = '[email protected]', @subject ='Daily number of executions', @body = @html, @body_format = 'HTML' Chart parameters reference: chco    series colors chd        series data chds    scale format chdl    chart legend chf        background fills chg        grid line chls    line style chm        line fill chs        chart size cht        chart type chts    chart style chtt    chart title chxp    axis label positions chxs    axis label styles chxt    axis tick mark styles chxl    axis labels chma    chart margins If you don’t mind to get your charts as an email attachment, you can enjoy the Java based Google Charts which are even easier to configure, and have much more advanced graphics. In the example below, the sp_send_email procedure uses the parameter @query which will be executed at the time that sp_send_dbemail is executed and the HTML result of this execution will be attached to the email. DECLARE @html varchar(max),@query varchar(max) DECLARE @SeriesDBusers  varchar(800);     SET @SeriesDBusers = ''; SELECT @SeriesDBusers = @SeriesDBusers +  ' ["'+DB_NAME(r.database_id) +'", ' +cast(count(1) as varchar)+'],' FROM sys.dm_exec_requests r GROUP BY DB_NAME(database_id) ORDER BY count(1) desc; SET @SeriesDBusers = SUBSTRING(@SeriesDBusers,1,LEN(@SeriesDBusers)-1) SET @query = ' PRINT '' <html>   <head>     <script type="text/javascript" src="https://www.google.com/jsapi"></script>     <script type="text/javascript">       google.load("visualization", "1", {packages:["corechart"]});        google.setOnLoadCallback(drawChart);       function drawChart() {                      var data = google.visualization.arrayToDataTable([                        ["Database Name", "Active users"],                        '+@SeriesDBusers+'                      ]);                        var options = {                        title: "Active users",                        pieSliceText: "value"                      };                        var chart = new google.visualization.PieChart(document.getElementById("chart_div"));                      chart.draw(data, options);       };     </script>   </head>   <body>     <table>     <tr><td>         <div id="chart_div" style='width: 800px; height: 300px;'></div>         </td></tr>     </table>   </body> </html> ''' EXEC msdb.dbo.sp_send_dbmail    @recipients = '[email protected]',    @subject ='Active users',    @body = @html,    @body_format = 'HTML',    @query = @Query,     @attach_query_result_as_file = 1,     @query_attachment_filename = 'Results.htm' After opening the email attachment in the browser you are getting this kind of report: In fact, the above is not only for database alerts. It can be used for applicative reports if you need high levels of customization that you cannot achieve using standard methods like SSRS. If you need more information on how to customize the charts, you can try the following: Image Based Charts wizard https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/chart_wizard  Live Image Charts Playground https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/chart_playground Image Based Charts Parameters List https://google-developers.appspot.com/chart/image/docs/chart_params Java Script Charts Playground https://code.google.com/apis/ajax/playground/?type=visualization Use the above examples as a starting point for your procedures and I’d be more than happy to hear of your implementations of the above techniques. Yours, Maria

    Read the article

  • How to get Passive FTP Working Through an Iptables Firewall?

    - by user1133248
    I have an iptables firewall running on a Fedora Linux server that is basically being used as a firewall router and OpenVPN server. That's it. We have been using the same iptables firewall code for YEARS. I did make some changes on 21 December to re-route a mySQL port, but given what has happened I've completely backed those changes out. Sometime after those changes were made and backed out passive FTP, served from a vsftpd process, stopped working. We use a passive ftp client to FLING (that's the name of the ftp client running under Windows! :-) ) images from our remote telescopes to our server. I believe it is something in the firewall code because I can drop the firewall and the FTP file transfer (and connecting to the ftp site with Internet Explorer to see the file list) works. When I raise the iptables firewall, it stops working. Again, this is code that we'd been using for years. However, I felt that maybe there was something I missed, so we had a .bak file from 2009 that I used. Same behavior, passive ftp does not work. So, I went and rebuilt the firewall code line by line to see what line was causing the problem. Everything worked until I put the line -A FORWARD -j DROP in very near the end. Of course, if I am correct, this is the line that basically "turns on" the firewall, saying drop everything except for the exceptions I've made above. However, this line has been in the iptables code probably since 2003. So, I'm at the end of my rope, and I still can't figure out why this has stopped working. I guess I need an expert on iptables configuration. Here is the iptables code (from iptables-save) with comments. # Generated by iptables-save v1.3.8 on Thu Jan 5 18:36:25 2012 *nat # One of the things that I remain ignorant about is what these following three lines # do in both the nat tables (which we're not using on this machine) and the following # filter table. I don't know what the numbers are, but I'm ASSUMING they're port # ranges. # :PREROUTING ACCEPT [7435:551429] :POSTROUTING ACCEPT [6097:354458] :OUTPUT ACCEPT [5:451] COMMIT # Completed on Thu Jan 5 18:36:25 2012 # Generated by iptables-save v1.3.8 on Thu Jan 5 18:36:25 2012 *filter :INPUT ACCEPT [10423:1046501] :FORWARD ACCEPT [0:0] :OUTPUT ACCEPT [15184:16948770] # The following line is for my OpenVPN configuration. -A INPUT -i tun+ -j ACCEPT # In researching this on the Internet I found some iptables code that was supposed to # open the needed ports up. I never needed this before this week, but since passive FTP # was no longer working, I decided to put the code in. The next three lines are part of # that code. -A INPUT -p tcp -m tcp --dport 21 -m state --state NEW,ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT -A INPUT -p tcp -m tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 20 -m state --state ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT -A INPUT -p tcp -m tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 1024:65535 -m state --state RELATED,ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT # Another line for the OpenVPN configuration. I don't know why the iptables-save mixed # the lines up. -A FORWARD -i tun+ -j ACCEPT # Various forwards for all our services -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.197 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 3307 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.197 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 3307 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.197 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 3306 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.197 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 3306 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 21 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 21 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 20 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 20 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 7191 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 7191 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 46000:46999 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 46000:46999 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.0/255.255.255.0 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p udp -m udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p udp -m udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p udp -m udp --dport 25 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p udp -m udp --dport 25 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 42 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 42 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 25 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 25 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.204 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.204 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -d 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 6667 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.118.148.196 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 6667 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 65.96.214.242 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 22 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -s 192.68.148.66 -p tcp -m tcp --dport 22 -j ACCEPT -A FORWARD -m state --state RELATED,ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT # "The line" that causes passive ftp to stop working. Insofar as I can tell, everything # else seems to work - ssh, telnet, mysql, httpd. -A FORWARD -j DROP -A FORWARD -p icmp -j ACCEPT # The following code is again part of my attempt to put in code that would cause passive # ftp to work. I don't know why iptables-save scattered it about like this. -A OUTPUT -p tcp -m tcp --sport 21 -m state --state ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT -A OUTPUT -p tcp -m tcp --sport 20 --dport 1024:65535 -m state --state RELATED,ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT -A OUTPUT -p tcp -m tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 1024:65535 -m state --state ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT COMMIT # Completed on Thu Jan 5 18:36:25 2012 So, with all that prelude, my basic question is: How can I get passive ftp to work behind an iptables firewall? As you can see, I've tried to get it working (again) and tried to do some research on the issue, but have come up...short. Any answers would be appreciated by both me and various variable star astronomers around the world! THANKS! -Richard "Doc" Kinne, American Assoc. of Variable Star Observers, [email protected]

    Read the article

  • Unable to connect to Samba printer

    - by user127236
    I have a headless Ubuntu 12.04 server for files and printers. It shares files via Samba just fine. However, the HP PSC-750xi connected to the server via USB is not accessible from my Ubuntu 12.04 laptop. I can browse for it in the Printing control panel, but any attempt to authenticate my ID to the printer with my user credentials results in the error "This print share is not accessible". I have included the Samba smb.conf file below. Any help appreciated. Thanks... JGB # # Sample configuration file for the Samba suite for Debian GNU/Linux. # # # This is the main Samba configuration file. You should read the # smb.conf(5) manual page in order to understand the options listed # here. Samba has a huge number of configurable options most of which # are not shown in this example # # Some options that are often worth tuning have been included as # commented-out examples in this file. # - When such options are commented with ";", the proposed setting # differs from the default Samba behaviour # - When commented with "#", the proposed setting is the default # behaviour of Samba but the option is considered important # enough to be mentioned here # # NOTE: Whenever you modify this file you should run the command # "testparm" to check that you have not made any basic syntactic # errors. # A well-established practice is to name the original file # "smb.conf.master" and create the "real" config file with # testparm -s smb.conf.master >smb.conf # This minimizes the size of the really used smb.conf file # which, according to the Samba Team, impacts performance # However, use this with caution if your smb.conf file contains nested # "include" statements. See Debian bug #483187 for a case # where using a master file is not a good idea. # #======================= Global Settings ======================= [global] log file = /var/log/samba/log.%m passwd chat = *Enter\snew\s*\spassword:* %n\n *Retype\snew\s*\spassword:* %n\n *password\supdated\ssuccessfully* . obey pam restrictions = yes map to guest = bad user encrypt passwords = true passwd program = /usr/bin/passwd %u passdb backend = tdbsam dns proxy = no writeable = yes server string = %h server (Samba, Ubuntu) unix password sync = yes workgroup = WORKGROUP syslog = 0 panic action = /usr/share/samba/panic-action %d usershare allow guests = yes max log size = 1000 pam password change = yes ## Browsing/Identification ### # Change this to the workgroup/NT-domain name your Samba server will part of # server string is the equivalent of the NT Description field # Windows Internet Name Serving Support Section: # WINS Support - Tells the NMBD component of Samba to enable its WINS Server # wins support = no # WINS Server - Tells the NMBD components of Samba to be a WINS Client # Note: Samba can be either a WINS Server, or a WINS Client, but NOT both ; wins server = w.x.y.z # This will prevent nmbd to search for NetBIOS names through DNS. # What naming service and in what order should we use to resolve host names # to IP addresses ; name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast #### Networking #### # The specific set of interfaces / networks to bind to # This can be either the interface name or an IP address/netmask; # interface names are normally preferred ; interfaces = 127.0.0.0/8 eth0 # Only bind to the named interfaces and/or networks; you must use the # 'interfaces' option above to use this. # It is recommended that you enable this feature if your Samba machine is # not protected by a firewall or is a firewall itself. However, this # option cannot handle dynamic or non-broadcast interfaces correctly. ; bind interfaces only = yes #### Debugging/Accounting #### # This tells Samba to use a separate log file for each machine # that connects # Cap the size of the individual log files (in KiB). # If you want Samba to only log through syslog then set the following # parameter to 'yes'. # syslog only = no # We want Samba to log a minimum amount of information to syslog. Everything # should go to /var/log/samba/log.{smbd,nmbd} instead. If you want to log # through syslog you should set the following parameter to something higher. # Do something sensible when Samba crashes: mail the admin a backtrace ####### Authentication ####### # "security = user" is always a good idea. This will require a Unix account # in this server for every user accessing the server. See # /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/htmldocs/Samba3-HOWTO/ServerType.html # in the samba-doc package for details. # security = user # You may wish to use password encryption. See the section on # 'encrypt passwords' in the smb.conf(5) manpage before enabling. # If you are using encrypted passwords, Samba will need to know what # password database type you are using. # This boolean parameter controls whether Samba attempts to sync the Unix # password with the SMB password when the encrypted SMB password in the # passdb is changed. # For Unix password sync to work on a Debian GNU/Linux system, the following # parameters must be set (thanks to Ian Kahan <<[email protected]> for # sending the correct chat script for the passwd program in Debian Sarge). # This boolean controls whether PAM will be used for password changes # when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in # 'passwd program'. The default is 'no'. # This option controls how unsuccessful authentication attempts are mapped # to anonymous connections ########## Domains ########### # Is this machine able to authenticate users. Both PDC and BDC # must have this setting enabled. If you are the BDC you must # change the 'domain master' setting to no # ; domain logons = yes # # The following setting only takes effect if 'domain logons' is set # It specifies the location of the user's profile directory # from the client point of view) # The following required a [profiles] share to be setup on the # samba server (see below) ; logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U # Another common choice is storing the profile in the user's home directory # (this is Samba's default) # logon path = \\%N\%U\profile # The following setting only takes effect if 'domain logons' is set # It specifies the location of a user's home directory (from the client # point of view) ; logon drive = H: # logon home = \\%N\%U # The following setting only takes effect if 'domain logons' is set # It specifies the script to run during logon. The script must be stored # in the [netlogon] share # NOTE: Must be store in 'DOS' file format convention ; logon script = logon.cmd # This allows Unix users to be created on the domain controller via the SAMR # RPC pipe. The example command creates a user account with a disabled Unix # password; please adapt to your needs ; add user script = /usr/sbin/adduser --quiet --disabled-password --gecos "" %u # This allows machine accounts to be created on the domain controller via the # SAMR RPC pipe. # The following assumes a "machines" group exists on the system ; add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -g machines -c "%u machine account" -d /var/lib/samba -s /bin/false %u # This allows Unix groups to be created on the domain controller via the SAMR # RPC pipe. ; add group script = /usr/sbin/addgroup --force-badname %g ########## Printing ########## # If you want to automatically load your printer list rather # than setting them up individually then you'll need this # load printers = yes # lpr(ng) printing. You may wish to override the location of the # printcap file ; printing = bsd ; printcap name = /etc/printcap # CUPS printing. See also the cupsaddsmb(8) manpage in the # cupsys-client package. ; printing = cups ; printcap name = cups ############ Misc ############ # Using the following line enables you to customise your configuration # on a per machine basis. The %m gets replaced with the netbios name # of the machine that is connecting ; include = /home/samba/etc/smb.conf.%m # Most people will find that this option gives better performance. # See smb.conf(5) and /usr/share/doc/samba-doc/htmldocs/Samba3-HOWTO/speed.html # for details # You may want to add the following on a Linux system: # SO_RCVBUF=8192 SO_SNDBUF=8192 # socket options = TCP_NODELAY # The following parameter is useful only if you have the linpopup package # installed. The samba maintainer and the linpopup maintainer are # working to ease installation and configuration of linpopup and samba. ; message command = /bin/sh -c '/usr/bin/linpopup "%f" "%m" %s; rm %s' & # Domain Master specifies Samba to be the Domain Master Browser. If this # machine will be configured as a BDC (a secondary logon server), you # must set this to 'no'; otherwise, the default behavior is recommended. # domain master = auto # Some defaults for winbind (make sure you're not using the ranges # for something else.) ; idmap uid = 10000-20000 ; idmap gid = 10000-20000 ; template shell = /bin/bash # The following was the default behaviour in sarge, # but samba upstream reverted the default because it might induce # performance issues in large organizations. # See Debian bug #368251 for some of the consequences of *not* # having this setting and smb.conf(5) for details. ; winbind enum groups = yes ; winbind enum users = yes # Setup usershare options to enable non-root users to share folders # with the net usershare command. # Maximum number of usershare. 0 (default) means that usershare is disabled. ; usershare max shares = 100 # Allow users who've been granted usershare privileges to create # public shares, not just authenticated ones #======================= Share Definitions ======================= # Un-comment the following (and tweak the other settings below to suit) # to enable the default home directory shares. This will share each # user's home director as \\server\username ;[homes] ; comment = Home Directories ; browseable = no # By default, the home directories are exported read-only. Change the # next parameter to 'no' if you want to be able to write to them. ; read only = yes # File creation mask is set to 0700 for security reasons. If you want to # create files with group=rw permissions, set next parameter to 0775. ; create mask = 0700 # Directory creation mask is set to 0700 for security reasons. If you want to # create dirs. with group=rw permissions, set next parameter to 0775. ; directory mask = 0700 # By default, \\server\username shares can be connected to by anyone # with access to the samba server. Un-comment the following parameter # to make sure that only "username" can connect to \\server\username # The following parameter makes sure that only "username" can connect # # This might need tweaking when using external authentication schemes ; valid users = %S # Un-comment the following and create the netlogon directory for Domain Logons # (you need to configure Samba to act as a domain controller too.) ;[netlogon] ; comment = Network Logon Service ; path = /home/samba/netlogon ; guest ok = yes ; read only = yes # Un-comment the following and create the profiles directory to store # users profiles (see the "logon path" option above) # (you need to configure Samba to act as a domain controller too.) # The path below should be writable by all users so that their # profile directory may be created the first time they log on ;[profiles] ; comment = Users profiles ; path = /home/samba/profiles ; guest ok = no ; browseable = no ; create mask = 0600 ; directory mask = 0700 [printers] comment = All Printers browseable = no path = /var/spool/samba printable = yes guest ok = no read only = yes create mask = 0700 # Windows clients look for this share name as a source of downloadable # printer drivers [print$] comment = Printer Drivers browseable = yes writeable = no path = /var/lib/samba/printers # Uncomment to allow remote administration of Windows print drivers. # You may need to replace 'lpadmin' with the name of the group your # admin users are members of. # Please note that you also need to set appropriate Unix permissions # to the drivers directory for these users to have write rights in it ; write list = root, @lpadmin # A sample share for sharing your CD-ROM with others. ;[cdrom] ; comment = Samba server's CD-ROM ; read only = yes ; locking = no ; path = /cdrom ; guest ok = yes # The next two parameters show how to auto-mount a CD-ROM when the # cdrom share is accesed. For this to work /etc/fstab must contain # an entry like this: # # /dev/scd0 /cdrom iso9660 defaults,noauto,ro,user 0 0 # # The CD-ROM gets unmounted automatically after the connection to the # # If you don't want to use auto-mounting/unmounting make sure the CD # is mounted on /cdrom # ; preexec = /bin/mount /cdrom ; postexec = /bin/umount /cdrom [mediafiles] path = /media/multimedia/

    Read the article

  • apt-get update mdadm scary warnings

    - by user568829
    Just ran an apt-get update on one of my dedicated servers to be left with a relatively scary warning: Processing triggers for initramfs-tools ... update-initramfs: Generating /boot/initrd.img-2.6.26-2-686-bigmem W: mdadm: the array /dev/md/1 with UUID c622dd79:496607cf:c230666b:5103eba0 W: mdadm: is currently active, but it is not listed in mdadm.conf. if W: mdadm: it is needed for boot, then YOUR SYSTEM IS NOW UNBOOTABLE! W: mdadm: please inspect the output of /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf, compare W: mdadm: it to /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf, and make the necessary changes. W: mdadm: the array /dev/md/2 with UUID 24120323:8c54087c:c230666b:5103eba0 W: mdadm: is currently active, but it is not listed in mdadm.conf. if W: mdadm: it is needed for boot, then YOUR SYSTEM IS NOW UNBOOTABLE! W: mdadm: please inspect the output of /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf, compare W: mdadm: it to /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf, and make the necessary changes. W: mdadm: the array /dev/md/6 with UUID eef74de5:9267b2a1:c230666b:5103eba0 W: mdadm: is currently active, but it is not listed in mdadm.conf. if W: mdadm: it is needed for boot, then YOUR SYSTEM IS NOW UNBOOTABLE! W: mdadm: please inspect the output of /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf, compare W: mdadm: it to /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf, and make the necessary changes. W: mdadm: the array /dev/md/5 with UUID 5d45b20c:04d8138f:c230666b:5103eba0 W: mdadm: is currently active, but it is not listed in mdadm.conf. if W: mdadm: it is needed for boot, then YOUR SYSTEM IS NOW UNBOOTABLE! W: mdadm: please inspect the output of /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf, compare W: mdadm: it to /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf, and make the necessary changes. As instructed I inspected the output of /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf and compared with /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf and they are quite different. Here is the /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf contents: # mdadm.conf # # Please refer to mdadm.conf(5) for information about this file. # # by default, scan all partitions (/proc/partitions) for MD superblocks. # alternatively, specify devices to scan, using wildcards if desired. DEVICE partitions # auto-create devices with Debian standard permissions CREATE owner=root group=disk mode=0660 auto=yes # automatically tag new arrays as belonging to the local system HOMEHOST <system> # instruct the monitoring daemon where to send mail alerts MAILADDR root # definitions of existing MD arrays ARRAY /dev/md0 level=raid1 num-devices=2 UUID=b93b0b87:5f7c2c46:0043fca9:4026c400 ARRAY /dev/md1 level=raid1 num-devices=2 UUID=c0fa8842:e214fb1a:fad8a3a2:28f2aabc ARRAY /dev/md2 level=raid1 num-devices=2 UUID=cdc2a9a9:63bbda21:f55e806c:a5371897 ARRAY /dev/md3 level=raid1 num-devices=2 UUID=eca75495:9c9ce18c:d2bac587:f1e79d80 # This file was auto-generated on Wed, 04 Nov 2009 11:32:16 +0100 # by mkconf $Id$ And here is the out put from /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf # mdadm.conf # # Please refer to mdadm.conf(5) for information about this file. # # by default, scan all partitions (/proc/partitions) for MD superblocks. # alternatively, specify devices to scan, using wildcards if desired. DEVICE partitions # auto-create devices with Debian standard permissions CREATE owner=root group=disk mode=0660 auto=yes # automatically tag new arrays as belonging to the local system HOMEHOST <system> # instruct the monitoring daemon where to send mail alerts MAILADDR root # definitions of existing MD arrays ARRAY /dev/md1 UUID=c622dd79:496607cf:c230666b:5103eba0 ARRAY /dev/md2 UUID=24120323:8c54087c:c230666b:5103eba0 ARRAY /dev/md5 UUID=5d45b20c:04d8138f:c230666b:5103eba0 ARRAY /dev/md6 UUID=eef74de5:9267b2a1:c230666b:5103eba0 # This configuration was auto-generated on Sat, 25 Feb 2012 13:10:00 +1030 # by mkconf 3.1.4-1+8efb9d1+squeeze1 As I understand it I need to replace the four lines that start with 'ARRAY' in the /etc/mdadm/mdadm.conf file with the different four 'ARRAY' lines from the /usr/share/mdadm/mkconf output. When I did this and then ran update-initramfs -u there were no more warnings. Is what I have done above correct? I am now terrified of rebooting the server for fear it will not reboot and being a remote dedicated server this would certainly mean downtime and possibly would be expensive to get running again. FOLLOW UP (response to question): the output from mount: /dev/md1 on / type ext3 (rw,usrquota,grpquota) tmpfs on /lib/init/rw type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,mode=0755) proc on /proc type proc (rw,noexec,nosuid,nodev) sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw,noexec,nosuid,nodev) udev on /dev type tmpfs (rw,mode=0755) tmpfs on /dev/shm type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,nodev) devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,noexec,nosuid,gid=5,mode=620) /dev/md2 on /boot type ext2 (rw) /dev/md5 on /tmp type ext3 (rw) /dev/md6 on /home type ext3 (rw,usrquota,grpquota) mdadm --detail /dev/md0 mdadm: md device /dev/md0 does not appear to be active. mdadm --detail /dev/md1 /dev/md1: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sun Aug 14 09:43:08 2011 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 31463232 (30.01 GiB 32.22 GB) Used Dev Size : 31463232 (30.01 GiB 32.22 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 1 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Sat Feb 25 14:03:47 2012 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : c622dd79:496607cf:c230666b:5103eba0 Events : 0.24 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 1 0 active sync /dev/sda1 1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1 mdadm --detail /dev/md2 /dev/md2: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sun Aug 14 09:43:09 2011 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 104320 (101.89 MiB 106.82 MB) Used Dev Size : 104320 (101.89 MiB 106.82 MB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 2 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Sat Feb 25 13:20:20 2012 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : 24120323:8c54087c:c230666b:5103eba0 Events : 0.30 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 2 0 active sync /dev/sda2 1 8 18 1 active sync /dev/sdb2 mdadm --detail /dev/md3 mdadm: md device /dev/md3 does not appear to be active. mdadm --detail /dev/md5 /dev/md5: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sun Aug 14 09:43:09 2011 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 2104448 (2.01 GiB 2.15 GB) Used Dev Size : 2104448 (2.01 GiB 2.15 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 5 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Sat Feb 25 14:09:03 2012 State : clean Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : 5d45b20c:04d8138f:c230666b:5103eba0 Events : 0.30 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 5 0 active sync /dev/sda5 1 8 21 1 active sync /dev/sdb5 mdadm --detail /dev/md6 /dev/md6: Version : 0.90 Creation Time : Sun Aug 14 09:43:09 2011 Raid Level : raid1 Array Size : 453659456 (432.64 GiB 464.55 GB) Used Dev Size : 453659456 (432.64 GiB 464.55 GB) Raid Devices : 2 Total Devices : 2 Preferred Minor : 6 Persistence : Superblock is persistent Update Time : Sat Feb 25 14:10:00 2012 State : active Active Devices : 2 Working Devices : 2 Failed Devices : 0 Spare Devices : 0 UUID : eef74de5:9267b2a1:c230666b:5103eba0 Events : 0.31 Number Major Minor RaidDevice State 0 8 6 0 active sync /dev/sda6 1 8 22 1 active sync /dev/sdb6 FOLLOW UP 2 (response to question): Output from /etc/fstab /dev/md1 / ext3 defaults,usrquota,grpquota 1 1 devpts /dev/pts devpts mode=0620,gid=5 0 0 proc /proc proc defaults 0 0 #usbdevfs /proc/bus/usb usbdevfs noauto 0 0 /dev/cdrom /media/cdrom auto ro,noauto,user,exec 0 0 /dev/dvd /media/dvd auto ro,noauto,user,exec 0 0 # # # /dev/md2 /boot ext2 defaults 1 2 /dev/sda3 swap swap pri=42 0 0 /dev/sdb3 swap swap pri=42 0 0 /dev/md5 /tmp ext3 defaults 0 0 /dev/md6 /home ext3 defaults,usrquota,grpquota 1 2

    Read the article

  • The Benefits of Smart Grid Business Software

    - by Sylvie MacKenzie, PMP
    Smart Grid Background What Are Smart Grids?Smart Grids use computer hardware and software, sensors, controls, and telecommunications equipment and services to: Link customers to information that helps them manage consumption and use electricity wisely. Enable customers to respond to utility notices in ways that help minimize the duration of overloads, bottlenecks, and outages. Provide utilities with information that helps them improve performance and control costs. What Is Driving Smart Grid Development? Environmental ImpactSmart Grid development is picking up speed because of the widespread interest in reducing the negative impact that energy use has on the environment. Smart Grids use technology to drive efficiencies in transmission, distribution, and consumption. As a result, utilities can serve customers’ power needs with fewer generating plants, fewer transmission and distribution assets,and lower overall generation. With the possible exception of wind farm sprawl, landscape preservation is one obvious benefit. And because most generation today results in greenhouse gas emissions, Smart Grids reduce air pollution and the potential for global climate change.Smart Grids also more easily accommodate the technical difficulties of integrating intermittent renewable resources like wind and solar into the grid, providing further greenhouse gas reductions. CostsThe ability to defer the cost of plant and grid expansion is a major benefit to both utilities and customers. Utilities do not need to use as many internal resources for traditional infrastructure project planning and management. Large T&D infrastructure expansion costs are not passed on to customers.Smart Grids will not eliminate capital expansion, of course. Transmission corridors to connect renewable generation with customers will require major near-term expenditures. Additionally, in the future, electricity to satisfy the needs of population growth and additional applications will exceed the capacity reductions available through the Smart Grid. At that point, expansion will resume—but with greater overall T&D efficiency based on demand response, load control, and many other Smart Grid technologies and business processes. Energy efficiency is a second area of Smart Grid cost saving of particular relevance to customers. The timely and detailed information Smart Grids provide encourages customers to limit waste, adopt energy-efficient building codes and standards, and invest in energy efficient appliances. Efficiency may or may not lower customer bills because customer efficiency savings may be offset by higher costs in generation fuels or carbon taxes. It is clear, however, that bills will be lower with efficiency than without it. Utility Operations Smart Grids can serve as the central focus of utility initiatives to improve business processes. Many utilities have long “wish lists” of projects and applications they would like to fund in order to improve customer service or ease staff’s burden of repetitious work, but they have difficulty cost-justifying the changes, especially in the short term. Adding Smart Grid benefits to the cost/benefit analysis frequently tips the scales in favor of the change and can also significantly reduce payback periods.Mobile workforce applications and asset management applications work together to deploy assets and then to maintain, repair, and replace them. Many additional benefits result—for instance, increased productivity and fuel savings from better routing. Similarly, customer portals that provide customers with near-real-time information can also encourage online payments, thus lowering billing costs. Utilities can and should include these cost and service improvements in the list of Smart Grid benefits. What Is Smart Grid Business Software? Smart Grid business software gathers data from a Smart Grid and uses it improve a utility’s business processes. Smart Grid business software also helps utilities provide relevant information to customers who can then use it to reduce their own consumption and improve their environmental profiles. Smart Grid Business Software Minimizes the Impact of Peak Demand Utilities must size their assets to accommodate their highest peak demand. The higher the peak rises above base demand: The more assets a utility must build that are used only for brief periods—an inefficient use of capital. The higher the utility’s risk profile rises given the uncertainties surrounding the time needed for permitting, building, and recouping costs. The higher the costs for utilities to purchase supply, because generators can charge more for contracts and spot supply during high-demand periods. Smart Grids enable a variety of programs that reduce peak demand, including: Time-of-use pricing and critical peak pricing—programs that charge customers more when they consume electricity during peak periods. Pilot projects indicate that these programs are successful in flattening peaks, thus ensuring better use of existing T&D and generation assets. Direct load control, which lets utilities reduce or eliminate electricity flow to customer equipment (such as air conditioners). Contracts govern the terms and conditions of these turn-offs. Indirect load control, which signals customers to reduce the use of on-premises equipment for contractually agreed-on time periods. Smart Grid business software enables utilities to impose penalties on customers who do not comply with their contracts. Smart Grids also help utilities manage peaks with existing assets by enabling: Real-time asset monitoring and control. In this application, advanced sensors safely enable dynamic capacity load limits, ensuring that all grid assets can be used to their maximum capacity during peak demand periods. Real-time asset monitoring and control applications also detect the location of excessive losses and pinpoint need for mitigation and asset replacements. As a result, utilities reduce outage risk and guard against excess capacity or “over-build”. Better peak demand analysis. As a result: Distribution planners can better size equipment (e.g. transformers) to avoid over-building. Operations engineers can identify and resolve bottlenecks and other inefficiencies that may cause or exacerbate peaks. As above, the result is a reduction in the tendency to over-build. Supply managers can more closely match procurement with delivery. As a result, they can fine-tune supply portfolios, reducing the tendency to over-contract for peak supply and reducing the need to resort to spot market purchases during high peaks. Smart Grids can help lower the cost of remaining peaks by: Standardizing interconnections for new distributed resources (such as electricity storage devices). Placing the interconnections where needed to support anticipated grid congestion. Smart Grid Business Software Lowers the Cost of Field Services By processing Smart Grid data through their business software, utilities can reduce such field costs as: Vegetation management. Smart Grids can pinpoint momentary interruptions and tree-caused outages. Spatial mash-up tools leverage GIS models of tree growth for targeted vegetation management. This reduces the cost of unnecessary tree trimming. Service vehicle fuel. Many utility service calls are “false alarms.” Checking meter status before dispatching crews prevents many unnecessary “truck rolls.” Similarly, crews use far less fuel when Smart Grid sensors can pinpoint a problem and mobile workforce applications can then route them directly to it. Smart Grid Business Software Ensures Regulatory Compliance Smart Grids can ensure compliance with private contracts and with regional, national, or international requirements by: Monitoring fulfillment of contract terms. Utilities can use one-hour interval meters to ensure that interruptible (“non-core”) customers actually reduce or eliminate deliveries as required. They can use the information to levy fines against contract violators. Monitoring regulations imposed on customers, such as maximum use during specific time periods. Using accurate time-stamped event history derived from intelligent devices distributed throughout the smart grid to monitor and report reliability statistics and risk compliance. Automating business processes and activities that ensure compliance with security and reliability measures (e.g. NERC-CIP 2-9). Grid Business Software Strengthens Utilities’ Connection to Customers While Reducing Customer Service Costs During outages, Smart Grid business software can: Identify outages more quickly. Software uses sensors to pinpoint outages and nested outage locations. They also permit utilities to ensure outage resolution at every meter location. Size outages more accurately, permitting utilities to dispatch crews that have the skills needed, in appropriate numbers. Provide updates on outage location and expected duration. This information helps call centers inform customers about the timing of service restoration. Smart Grids also facilitates display of outage maps for customer and public-service use. Smart Grids can significantly reduce the cost to: Connect and disconnect customers. Meters capable of remote disconnect can virtually eliminate the costs of field crews and vehicles previously required to change service from the old to the new residents of a metered property or disconnect customers for nonpayment. Resolve reports of voltage fluctuation. Smart Grids gather and report voltage and power quality data from meters and grid sensors, enabling utilities to pinpoint reported problems or resolve them before customers complain. Detect and resolve non-technical losses (e.g. theft). Smart Grids can identify illegal attempts to reconnect meters or to use electricity in supposedly vacant premises. They can also detect theft by comparing flows through delivery assets with billed consumption. Smart Grids also facilitate outreach to customers. By monitoring and analyzing consumption over time, utilities can: Identify customers with unusually high usage and contact them before they receive a bill. They can also suggest conservation techniques that might help to limit consumption. This can head off “high bill” complaints to the contact center. Note that such “high usage” or “additional charges apply because you are out of range” notices—frequently via text messaging—are already common among mobile phone providers. Help customers identify appropriate bill payment alternatives (budget billing, prepayment, etc.). Help customers find and reduce causes of over-consumption. There’s no waiting for bills in the mail before they even understand there is a problem. Utilities benefit not just through improved customer relations but also through limiting the size of bills from customers who might struggle to pay them. Where permitted, Smart Grids can open the doors to such new utility service offerings as: Monitoring properties. Landlords reduce costs of vacant properties when utilities notify them of unexpected energy or water consumption. Utilities can perform similar services for owners of vacation properties or the adult children of aging parents. Monitoring equipment. Power-use patterns can reveal a need for equipment maintenance. Smart Grids permit utilities to alert owners or managers to a need for maintenance or replacement. Facilitating home and small-business networks. Smart Grids can provide a gateway to equipment networks that automate control or let owners access equipment remotely. They also facilitate net metering, offering some utilities a path toward involvement in small-scale solar or wind generation. Prepayment plans that do not need special meters. Smart Grid Business Software Helps Customers Control Energy Costs There is no end to the ways Smart Grids help both small and large customers control energy costs. For instance: Multi-premises customers appreciate having all meters read on the same day so that they can more easily compare consumption at various sites. Customers in competitive regions can match their consumption profile (detailed via Smart Grid data) with specific offerings from competitive suppliers. Customers seeing inexplicable consumption patterns and power quality problems may investigate further. The result can be discovery of electrical problems that can be resolved through rewiring or maintenance—before more serious fires or accidents happen. Smart Grid Business Software Facilitates Use of Renewables Generation from wind and solar resources is a popular alternative to fossil fuel generation, which emits greenhouse gases. Wind and solar generation may also increase energy security in regions that currently import fossil fuel for use in generation. Utilities face many technical issues as they attempt to integrate intermittent resource generation into traditional grids, which traditionally handle only fully dispatchable generation. Smart Grid business software helps solves many of these issues by: Detecting sudden drops in production from renewables-generated electricity (wind and solar) and automatically triggering electricity storage and smart appliance response to compensate as needed. Supporting industry-standard distributed generation interconnection processes to reduce interconnection costs and avoid adding renewable supplies to locations already subject to grid congestion. Facilitating modeling and monitoring of locally generated supply from renewables and thus helping to maximize their use. Increasing the efficiency of “net metering” (through which utilities can use electricity generated by customers) by: Providing data for analysis. Integrating the production and consumption aspects of customer accounts. During non-peak periods, such techniques enable utilities to increase the percent of renewable generation in their supply mix. During peak periods, Smart Grid business software controls circuit reconfiguration to maximize available capacity. Conclusion Utility missions are changing. Yesterday, they focused on delivery of reasonably priced energy and water. Tomorrow, their missions will expand to encompass sustainable use and environmental improvement.Smart Grids are key to helping utilities achieve this expanded mission. But they come at a relatively high price. Utilities will need to invest heavily in new hardware, software, business process development, and staff training. Customer investments in home area networks and smart appliances will be large. Learning to change the energy and water consumption habits of a lifetime could ultimately prove even more formidable tasks.Smart Grid business software can ease the cost and difficulties inherent in a needed transition to a more flexible, reliable, responsive electricity grid. Justifying its implementation, however, requires a full understanding of the benefits it brings—benefits that can ultimately help customers, utilities, communities, and the world address global issues like energy security and climate change while minimizing costs and maximizing customer convenience. This white paper is available for download here. For further information about Oracle's Primavera Solutions for Utilities, please read our Utilities e-book.

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477  | Next Page >